Quarterlytics / Financial Services / BSP Financial Group Limited

BSP Financial Group Limited

bfl · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bfl
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · BSP Financial Group Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2024
Championing Prosperity 
for the South Pacific
Annual Report 2024
Championing Prosperity 
for the South Pacific

Championing 
Prosperity for the
South Pacific
O U R  P U R P O S E
In this Annual Report, a reference to ‘BSP’, ‘BSP Group’, ‘the Bank’, ‘the Company’, ‘the Group’, ‘our’, ‘us’, and ‘we’ is to BSP Financial Group 
Limited ARBN: 649704656 and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just BSP Financial Group Limited. BSP’s Corporate Governance 
Statement is available on the company’s website: www.bsp.com.pg/about/investors/corporate-governance/#GovernanceDocuments. 
APRA Disclaimer
BSP Financial Group Limited (BSP) is not authorised under the Banking Act 1959 (Commonwealth of Australia) and is not supervised by the 
Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA). BSP’s products are not covered by the depositor protection provisions in Section 13A 
of the Banking Act 1959 and will not be covered by the financial claims scheme under Division 2AA of the Banking Act 1959.
This report reflects a year of change as we continue 
to enhance the way we serve our customers, support 
our communities and deliver value to our shareholders. 
Inside, you will find a comprehensive review of our financial performance, 
strategic progress and the principles that guide us.
This annual report is also the first to showcase our new Bank South Pacific identity, 
which represents our ambition to be the South Pacific’s international bank.
Our refreshed identity has been designed with contributions from customers 
and staff across the bank. Its goal is to bring our Modernising for Growth strategy 
alive. The refreshed logo represents unique elements from the South Pacific that 
tell our story:
The drumbeat of the Kundu reverberates across the Pacific, reminding 
us of our heritage and calling us together. The hook symbolises strength, 
stability, and prosperity, anchoring us to the region – the South Pacific 
is our home. Waves represent the oceans that connect us to one another 
and to the world. A bird in flight guides us on our journey towards a shared, 
prosperous future supported by modern banking services.
As we navigate an evolving economic landscape, our commitment to strength 
and stability remains unwavering. We invite you to explore this report and 
gain deeper insight into our achievements and ambitions.
Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Chairman
Mr Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director
As part of our refreshed 
brand identity, BSP 
collaborated with artists 
and designers from each 
of our seven markets to 
create a unique suite of 
bespoke tiles inspired 
by our five core themes: 
Care, Aspire, Growth, 
Prosperity, and Journey.
This year’s annual report 
features patterns based 
around the theme 
of Prosperity.
D I D  Y O U  K N O W
Contents
2
Overview
2
FY24 Highlights
4
Message from the 
Chairman and CEO
6
Our Strategy
7
Our Brand Story
8
Our Business
10
Financial performance
16
Sustainability Report
18
Materiality Approach
20
Environmental
21
Social
23
Governance
24
Risk Management Framework
30
Board of Directors
32
Executive Team
34
Corporate Governance Statement
35
Governance Framework
36
Board Governance
38
Board Committees
41
Remuneration
43
Risk Management and Compliance
44
Assurance and Control
46
Culture and Conduct
48
Continuous Disclosure
48
Commitment to Shareholders
49
Compliance with ASX and 
PNGX Corporate Governance 
Recommendations
50
Remuneration Report
58
Financial Statements
134
Shareholder information
140
Listing and Registry Information
1

Improving our in-branch service 
F Y 2 4  H I G H L I G H T S
In 2024, BSP continued to deliver 
value for all our stakeholders. 
Dividends paid to our shareholders 
increased by 16%. Our customers 
benefited from reduced wait times 
and more personalised services. 
We increased training and development 
for our people and continued investing 
in financial inclusion and support for the 
communities where we live and work.
Since November 2024, customers at our PNG 
Waterfront Branch have been benefiting from 
a modern, digitally enabled yet staff-assisted 
banking experience. This Branch is the first physical 
representation of a new era in banking. The branch 
offers alternate ways to bank – an opportunity for 
customers to conveniently complete transactions 
themselves or receive assistance from staff. Process 
improvements across the year have enabled faster 
account onboarding and instant Visa Debit Card 
and PIN issuance – giving valuable time back to 
our customers.
Customers enjoy the benefit of using free branch 
WIFI to browse our BSP website, download the 
APP or log onto Online Banking. We know digital 
channels make banking much easier, faster and more 
convenient for our customers. But we also know that 
some customers aren’t comfortable accessing these 
services themselves for the first time. Our staff are 
on hand 7 days a week to demonstrate and educate 
customers as they navigate online. Waterfront branch 
also gives customers access to Personal Lending 
specialists on site, as well as Business Banking and 
Insurance specialists. Whether it’s a product enquiry 
or an application – our team are ready to assist.
“Our customers want more 
convenient ways to bank. With 
help from our friendly team at 
the Waterfront Branch, they’re 
delighted by how easy it is to use 
Online or Mobile Banking.”
Strong 
continued
momentum
Our Chairman Robert Bradshaw at the reopening of the 
Waterfront Branch in November 2024.
C A S E  S T U D Y
S H A R E H O L D E R S
C U S T O M E R S
O U R  P E O P L E
C O M M U N I T I E S
K2.98B
Total income
2.8M
Customer accounts1
17% on FY23
4,613
Staff 
K787.3M
Income tax paid
23.3%
Return on equity (ROE)
180bps on FY23
K2.62B
Home loans
48%
Women in leadership 
204 male : 189 female
K5.0M
Donations and 
community projects
2.8%
Return on assets (ROA)
30bps on FY23
K398.5M
Business loans (SMEs)
64%
Women in branch 
manager positions 
K12.3M
Sponsorships
75%
Dividend payout ratio
75%
Employee 
engagement score
1. Excludes dormant transactional accounts.
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
O V E R V I E W
3
2
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D

M E S S A G E  F R O M  T H E  C H A I R M A N  A N D  C E O
Our Modernising for Growth strategy, which is 
backed by an investment of K345 million, gained 
considerable momentum in 2024. We aim to deliver 
a significantly improved customer experience 
wrapped up in a strong legacy of traditional 
and warm South Pacific delivery.
During the year we piloted digital 
offerings, accelerated digital channel 
adoption, and developed retail 
distribution and business banking 
strategies. We also focused on 
building capability, upskilling our 
people for change and launching 
our new purpose, vision and values. 
With numerous change initiatives 
underway, the Group did well 
to deliver strong financial and 
operational results. We grew revenue 
at 8%, driven by foreign exchange 
earnings and increased transaction 
volumes. As planned, given the 
significant investment in technology 
modernisation and filling specialist 
roles, our operating expenses grew 
22%. Underlying profit increased 10%, 
to K979 million. 
The Group’s cost-to-income ratio 
(CIR) increased, reflecting the cost 
of our modernisation strategy. 
Our 2024 CIR of 41.3% still remains 
competitive on a global basis.
Our statutory net profit after tax 
(NPAT) increased by 17%, including the 
one-off positive impact of successfully 
negotiating a K95 million settlement 
of the additional company income 
tax matter and a provision related 
to the planned exit of our ownership 
interests in finance companies in 
Cambodia and Laos. NPAT was also 
positively impacted by a K120 million 
reduction in general provisions related 
to a revision of the COVID related 
economic assumptions. 
• Digital capability – We filled 
new specialist roles and 
invested in software to support 
the development of modern 
banking competencies like retail 
lending analytics. Digital channel 
adoption continues to increase, 
with digital transactions growing 
by 20% in 2024.
• Well-prepared workforce – 
In April, we launched the BSP 
Academy, helping our next 
generation of leaders get ready 
for the modern work environment. 
By year end, 140 staff had 
graduated the program. Upskilling 
also continued as staff took on new 
roles, including training to work in 
our new digitally enabled branch 
at Waterfront in Port Moresby. 
Waterfront is a great example 
of our new branch format and 
experiences, which were designed 
and launched this year, showcasing 
the future of the bank. 
• State-of-the-art infrastructure – 
We have commenced procuring 
ATMs that will both dispense cash 
and take deposits. This will give our 
customers access to 24/7 banking. 
We also trialled automated cash 
counting technology that will 
deliver considerable time savings 
to both our customers and staff. We 
have ordered new EFTPOS devices, 
which will be rolled out in 2025. 
Our Modernising for Growth strategy 
will create a better workplace for 
our staff, with more skilled and 
meaningful work, broader careers 
and new opportunities for mobility 
across the Group. 
Retaining a strong 
capital position 
In 2024, BSP continued to maintain 
a strong capital position. Total assets 
increased by 0.5% to K37.1 billion, 
supported by 0.6% growth in gross 
loans. Throughout the year, capital 
adequacy levels remained well above 
regulatory requirements, ensuring 
alignment with BSP’s conservative 
risk appetite. Maintaining a strong 
capital position will continue to be 
a cornerstone of our strategy. 
A hallmark of BSP’s financial 
performance has been our ability 
to deliver consistent dividends to 
shareholders. Over the past decade, 
the Group has paid dividends every 
year, a testament to our focus on 
delivering sustainable value. At year 
end, BSP declared a final dividend 
of K1.21 for 2024, bringing the full year 
dividend to K1.66, a 16% increase 
over the previous year. 
Championing prosperity and 
wellbeing in the South Pacific
In 2024 we continued to deliver 
essential services to rural communities 
in our markets across the Pacific.
Since 2011, we have used Agency 
Banking to extend the reach of 
banking services to underserved 
or rural areas. In 2024 alone, our 
agency network facilitated 1.6 million 
transactions – an achievement 
recognised in November when 
BSP won the inaugural Bank 
of PNG “Financial Inclusion and 
Deepening Award”.
During the year, BSP invested 
more than K17 million in community 
projects, sponsorship and donations 
in the communities where we operate. 
This included delivering innovative 
financial literacy programs with some 
of our strategic partners. For example, 
the Brisbane Broncos supported 
our financial literacy programs with 
school children, while Australian 
Business Volunteers worked with us 
to provide valuable training to small 
and medium enterprises (SMEs).
In October 2024, BSP was 
the Anchor Partner for the 
Commonwealth Business Forum 
at the Commonwealth Heads of 
Government Meeting (CHOGM) in 
Samoa. Our investment in the Forum 
highlights BSP’s commitment to 
promoting business opportunities, 
sustainability, economic resilience 
and prosperity for the South Pacific.
2024 was also our fourth year 
of observing the #BlackThursdays 
campaign, with our staff wearing 
black every Thursday in solidarity 
with the survivors of family, sexual 
and gender-based violence. BSP 
continues to support awareness 
raising programs and provides 
a safe environment for survivors, 
including sponsoring a survivor 
support group.
Refreshing the Board
After eight years of dedicated service 
to the Board, Mr Arthur Sam retired 
as a Director on 21 February 2024. 
During his tenure, Mr Sam served 
as Chairman of the Board Risk 
Committee and the Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee. We thank 
him for his enormous contribution 
to BSP’s strategic direction 
and performance. 
Following Mr Sam’s retirement, 
on 14 May 2024, the Board appointed 
Stephen Charles Beach as a new 
non-executive director of BSP. 
Mr Beach is a highly experienced 
accounting professional, with 35 years’ 
experience in corporate advisory, 
assurance and taxation in PNG, 
including more than two decades 
as a PwC Partner. 
Outlook
The Board, management and 
staff of BSP are committed to 
implementing the Group’s strategy 
for growth while championing 
prosperity for the South Pacific. 
In the coming year, we will build 
on the work of the last 12 months and 
continue to roll out a suite of modern 
banking products and services. 
These new services and channels will 
improve the banking experience for 
our customers, including reducing 
branch queues. We will continue 
with our mission to improve financial 
inclusion, increase financial literacy 
and drive positive change for the 
people and businesses of the 
South Pacific.
On behalf of the Board and 
management, we thank our 
stakeholders for their ongoing 
support. We also congratulate 
our 4,613 staff for their hard work, 
dedication and commitment to 
serving our customers. We look 
forward to seeing BSP’s new 
Purpose and Vision brought to life 
in the coming year as technology 
investments and process changes 
deliver an increasingly modern 
banking experience across the region.
Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Chairman
Mr Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director
Mr Robert 
Bradshaw (left) 
and Mr Mark 
Robinson (right)
Strong Financial 
and Operational Results
Executing our Modernising 
for Growth strategy
As a systemically important institution 
in the South Pacific, BSP approaches 
change carefully, respectfully and 
thoughtfully. We are determined 
to shape a culture that embraces 
change without losing the traditional 
heart of our business. Our new 
values, developed with input from 
the BSP team reflect this. They are: 
“We Care. We Aspire. We Grow.”
To support our Modernising for 
Growth strategy, we created two new 
roles within the Executive Leadership 
Team: a Deputy Group CEO and 
a Group General Manager Corporate 
Affairs and Community. Both 
were filled from inside the Group, 
demonstrating our depth of talent. 
During the year, executives and 
management worked together to 
build the modern capabilities we 
need to deliver exceptional banking 
services to our customers: 
• Customer-first strategy – 
With customers as our first priority, 
the year saw service improvements 
from streamlining processes, 
reducing wait times and providing 
more personalised services. 
For example, we reduced the 
onboarding process for Personal 
accounts and began rolling out 
our BSP banking app and made 
more services available online, 
including foreign exchange for 
business customers. 
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
O V E R V I E W
5
4
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D

O U R  S T R A T E G Y
O U R  B R A N D  S T O R Y
Driven by Purpose,
Focused on Growth
We are the proud custodians of a legacy that started in Port 
Moresby in 1957. We have grown strong and spread across the 
region – into places where others do not venture.
The thread connecting our past, present and future is our 
enduring commitment to the people of the South Pacific.
We respect the proud local heritage of our Pasifika nations. 
We are ocean nations – destined to explore, united by the sea. 
We are a thousand tribes, guided by the constellations of our 
ancestors and the art of story-telling through song, dance 
and art. We live to the rhythm of solwara and the drum beats 
of the kundu, garamut, lali and conch. These symbols and 
patterns define us. Our stories endure, marked on skin and 
face. We wear our flowers and headdresses with pride.
As the winds of change sweep far and wide, we are united 
under a new Bank South Pacific identity – one that represents 
our ambitions for the region’s prosperity and our aspiration 
to provide international quality banking services to every 
South Pacific family and business.
Our refreshed identity has been designed with contributions 
from customers and staff across the bank. The refreshed logo 
represents unique elements from the South Pacific that tell 
our story: 
The drumbeat of the Kundu reverberates across 
the Pacific, reminding us of our heritage and calling us 
together. The hook symbolises strength, stability, and 
prosperity, anchoring us to the region – the South Pacific 
is our home. Waves represent the oceans that connect us 
to one another and to the world. A bird in flight guides us 
on our journey towards a shared, prosperous future 
supported by modern banking services.
Respecting cultural nuances, each of our seven Pasifika 
territories has its local pattern to help tell its own stories. 
These patterns merge five elements representing growth, 
aspiration, care, prosperity and journey – designed by 
local artists.
Together, as one, we are a true regional South Pacific bank 
with shared values.
We Care. We Aspire. We Grow.
We are BSP.
S T R A T E G I C  P I L L A R S
Revitalise
Revitalise the BSP brand and 
reputation by becoming a modern, 
customer-centric, South Pacific 
regional champion that excels 
in banking services through visible 
impact to all stakeholders.
Better Serve 
Underbanked 
Establish a low cost-to-serve 
delivery model to provide financial 
inclusion, financial services, 
and commercial enablement.
Drive 
Prosperity
Serve the growing prosperity of 
the South Pacific with convenient, 
digital, banking services.
Business 
Bank
Create a dedicated business 
banking team, product, and service 
proposition enabling businesses 
to thrive.
Corporate and 
Government
Embed relationship-focused, 
technology-led, holistic and 
modern solutions for corporate 
and government clients to support 
growth and efficiency within 
their ecosystems.
Optimise 
Physical Cash 
Management
Modernise the region’s cash 
economies via a systemic solution for 
collection, management, distribution 
and eventual minimisation of cash.
People
Attract, retain and invest in the best 
people through a compelling Employee 
Value Proposition to sustain high 
performance and delivery of the strategy.
Data & Digital
Leverage data and digital tools to improve 
our products and services, streamline 
and automate processes and improve the 
customer and employee experience.
Technology & Operations
Implement modern technology, 
architecture, tools and platforms 
to enable automated processes, 
streamlined experience, and development 
of innovative products and services.
Partnership & Operating model
Align business operating model and 
facilitate strategic partnerships to 
meet segment-specific needs.
Our strategy reflects our purpose of Championing 
Prosperity for the South Pacific. Each strategic pillar is 
a critical element in uplifing people, communities 
and businesses across the region.
The Strategic shifts are 
supported by four key enablers:
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
O V E R V I E W
7
6
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D

3%
22%
75%
O U R  B U S I N E S S
Banking for 
Shared Prosperity
BSP is proudly 
aiming to be the South 
Pacific’s International 
Bank, championing 
prosperity for the 
region’s communities. 
We offer a range of banking services 
in PNG, Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, 
Samoa, Tonga and Cook Islands. 
Our bank was established in 
1957 in Port Moresby, as a branch 
of National Australia Bank that was 
renamed BSP on its sale. In 2001, 
BSP bought the state-owned Papua 
New Guinea Banking Corporation to 
create the largest Bank in PNG, listing 
on the PNGX in 2003. After other 
acquisitions, including CBA’s Colonial 
Bank in Fiji and various Westpac 
businesses across the South Pacific, 
we listed on the ASX in 2021 under 
the ticker “BFL”.
As we spread our wings across the 
South Pacific, we have become more 
diverse, stronger and more vibrant. 
Today, we care for the financial 
wellbeing of communities right 
across the region. In the last few 
years, we’ve also made some major 
investments and changes so we can 
bring our customers modern banking 
services. We have the most extensive 
distribution network, including 
branches, ATMs, EFTPOS, mobile and 
internet banking – and agent banking 
in remote and rural areas. 
We are the largest bank in the 
South Pacific. Collectively, our 4,613 
employees serve more than 3 million 
customers from across the South 
Pacific. Our strength, size and robust 
balance sheet allow us to manage 
economic and operating challenges. 
Our position also allows us to be 
a strong advocate and partner for 
important economic developments 
in the South Pacific, and to invest 
in financial inclusion, to the benefit 
of our communities, as well as 
our shareholders.
O U R  P U R P O S E
Championing Prosperity for the South Pacific
O U R  V I S I O N
The South Pacific’s International Bank
O U R  V A L U E S
We Care 
We respect, value
and empower each 
other, our customers, 
stakeholders, and 
communities we 
serve, embracing 
diversity and 
fostering resilience
in everything we do
We Aspire 
We strive for 
excellence
and continuous 
improvement in 
everything we do, 
being committed 
to honesty, 
accountability
and integrity
We Grow 
We work as a team
with and for the 
wellbeing and 
prosperity of each 
other, our customers, 
stakeholders, and 
communities we serve, 
progressing and 
thriving together
Group net profit 
after tax
(NPAT)
K1.04B
65%
PNG Bank
30% Pacific markets
5%
Non-bank entities
PNG Bank
Pacific markets
Non-bank entities
Lending 
market share1
(%)
Vanuatu
Fiji
Tonga
Samoa
Cook Islands
Solomon Islands
PNG
13.7 | #3
27.1 | #1
33.1 | #1
33.7 | #1
37.3 | #2
40.1 | #1
61.2 | #1
Deposit 
market share1
(%)
Vanuatu 13.8 | #4
25.8 | #1
39.9 | #1
42.1 | #1
46.6 | #1
55.5 | #1
63.3 | #1
Fiji
Samoa
Tonga
Solomon Islands
Cook Islands
PNG
K1.75B
Total Group Operating Profit1
1.  Source: Latest market share data 
provided by central banks for all 
countries except Cook Islands, 
which is a business estimate.
1.  Excludes one-off joint venture impairment expense (K36 million) and Additional 
Company Tax settlement income (K95 million).
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
O V E R V I E W
9
8
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D

F I N A N C I A L  P E R F O R M A N C E
Overview
BSP has maintained strong growth fundamentals across 
all key business lines, delivering increases in revenue 
and profitability. Our balance sheet is robust, with capital 
adequacy and leverage ratios at more than double the 
regulatory minimums. We continue to deliver an attractive 
return on equity for our investors.
Delivering for shareholders
We maintained our long history of paying dividends 
and delivering strong returns.
467.2M
Total number of shares
6,504
Total shareholders1
97.8%
South Pacific ownership1
K1.66
FY24 full year 
dividend per share
  16% on FY23
23.3%
Return on equity (ROE)
  180bps on FY23
Dividend per share 
(DPS) (K)
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
1.66
1.43
1.74
1.73
1.30
+16%
Return on equity 
(ROE) (%)
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
23.3
21.5
27.6
29.7
24.6
+180bps
Return on assets 
(ROA) (%)
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
2.8
2.5
3.4
3.7
3.1
+30bps
Total shareholder return
(TSR) (%)
10-year
5-year
1-year
371
136
57
192
179
69
67
45
12
	 Capital gains 
	 Dividends
N E T  P R O F I T 
A F T E R   T A X
BSP’s improved NPAT 
performance reflects strong 
growth in volumes and 
revenues across the Group, 
supported by favourable credit 
impairment reversals and the 
positive impact of the Additional 
Company Tax settlement.
K1.04B
Statutory NPAT
  17% on FY23
K979M
Underlying NPAT1
  10% on FY23
D I V I D E N D
Our annual 2024 dividend 
of K1.66 brings total dividends 
paid out to shareholders 
to K776 million, a 16% 
increase on 2023.
K1.66
FY24 full year 
dividend per share
  16% on FY23
L O A N  I M P A I R M E N T 
A N D  P R O V I S I O N S
Our loan book quality has 
improved. Loan impairments 
have reduced on the back of 
a strong drop in delinquency 
rates, supporting a decrease 
in loan provisions of 100bps.
K18.2M
Impairment expenses
  (K200m) on FY23
3.3%
Provision to loans
  100bps on FY23
N E T  I N T E R E S T 
M A R G I N  ( N I M )
Net interest margin 
increased slightly on the 
back of improved lending 
rates and funding costs.
572bps
Net interest margin
  7bps on FY23
C A P I T A L 
A D E Q U A C Y
Our strong capital 
adequacy improved 
by 180bps.
26.2%
Capital adequacy
  180bps on FY23
V O L U M E 
G R O W T H
We sustained our steady 
growth trajectory in lending, 
retail mortgages and 
unsecured personal loans.
K9.9B
Corporate lending
  1% on FY23
K2.9B
Retail mortgages
  11% on FY23
K2.2B
Unsecured 
personal loans
  2% on FY23
1.	 As at 31 December 2024.
1.	 Excludes one-off joint venture impairment expense (K36 million) and Additional Company Tax settlement income (K95 million).
11
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  P E R F O R M A N C E
10   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D

F I N A N C I A L  P E R F O R M A N C E  C O N T I N U E D
Profit and loss trends
K1.04B
Statutory NPAT
17% on FY23
K979M
Underlying NPAT1
10% on FY23
BSP has delivered strong and 
sustained performance over the 
long term, achieving a 10-year 
compound annual growth rate 
(CAGR) of 7.7% in NPAT. Our robust 
fundamentals and disciplined 
execution have driven consistent 
growth, reinforcing our position 
as a leading financial institution. 
With a track record of stability 
and success, we remain committed 
to delivering long-term value for 
our shareholders.
Operating expenses
K1.23B
Operating expenses1
22% on FY23
41.3%
Cost-to-income ratio2
440bps on FY23
Operating profit
K1.75B
Operating profit
1% on FY23
572bps
Net interest margin (NIM)
7bps on FY23
Operating profit 
(K’m)
10-year NPAT 
(K’m)
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
FY15
1,038
 890 
 1,085 
 1,075 
806
532
CAGR = 7.7%
Results summary (K’m)
FY232
FY24
Change
Revenue
2,749
2,979
 8%
Operating expense
(1,013)
(1,231)
22%
Operating profit
1,736
1,748
 1%
Bad and doubtful debt expenses
(182)
18
200
Profit before tax
1,553
1,766
14%
Income tax
(663)
(787)
19%
Underlying NPAT
890
979
10%
JV3 impairment
–
(36)
–
ACT4 settlement
–
95
–
Statutory NPAT
890
1,038
17%
Operating expenses (K’m)
FY23
1,013
Legal Provisions
 56 
Core Banking Provisions
 (29)
FY23 Adjusted
1,040
Staff costs
 67 
Computing
 18 
Premises and equipment 
 8 
Administration and other costs
 97 
FY241
1,231
Modernisation Strategy
 (94)
FY24 Adjusted
1,137
CTI FY23
36.90%
CTI FY24
41.30%
CTI FY23 Adjusted
37.80%
CTI FY24 Adjusted
38.20%
Total income
Total income growth for the Group was 8.4% driven 
primarily by K120 million increase in net interest income, 
and K103 million increase in FX income. Our fee income 
increased by K33 million for the year, while insurance and 
other income fell by K25 million, mainly reflecting a more 
subdued result from our Fijian insurance operations.
Group financial performance
Our strong performance in 2024 continues to lay a solid 
foundation for BSP’s growth and success. Our conservative 
capital management strategy will position us to manage the 
changing environment and realise growth opportunities.
1. Excludes JV impairment of K36 million. 
2. 42.5%, inclusive of JV impairment. 
2.  Comparative period amounts have been restated to conform to presentation in the 
current year.
3. South East Asia joint venture (JV) asset finance business.
4. Additional Company Tax settlement.
C A S E  S T U D Y
Expanding financial inclusion
In February 2025, we launched Wantok Wallet 
in PNG. This everyday, easy-to-use product allows 
people without a bank account to send and receive 
money anywhere in PNG using their mobile 
phone number. 
People can use analogue or smartphones – 
no internet connection needed. Features include 
cardless cash withdrawals at 300 BSP ATMs and 
Cash Agents, one-time password security and bill 
payments. Existing BSP Mobile Banking customers 
can also transfer funds between their account 
and a Wantok Wallet.
“In PNG, only 25% of people 
have access to banking services, 
leaving 8.7 million unbanked. 
By bringing Wantok Wallet to 
PNG’s 4 million mobile phone 
users, we see a unique opportunity 
to help bridge the financial divide.”
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
1,748
1,736
1,614
1,526
1,142
1.  Excludes one-off joint venture 
impairment expense (K36 million) 
and Additional Company Tax 
settlement income (K95 million).
Agency Banking Manager, Prakash Mowana (right), 
registering a customer for Wantok Wallet.
1 3
1 2
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
F I N A N C I A L  P E R F O R M A N C E

Balance sheet strength
Balance Sheet growth slowed, due largely to subdued lending 
demand in PNG and the reduced use of overdraft limits. 
Total assets remained steady. Gross loans grew by just 0.6%, 
assisted by 11% growth in Retail mortgages. Deposits fell 2.5%, 
with the deposit mix remaining relatively constant.
F I N A N C I A L  P E R F O R M A N C E  C O N T I N U E D
Gross loans (K’b)
K16.8B
  0.6% on FY23
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
16.8
16.7
15.0
14.3
14.4
+0.6%
Impairment expenses (K’m)
K18.2M
  (K200m) on FY23
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
18
(182)
5
43
(201)
The overall strength of our loan 
book sharply improved, resulting in 
a K200 million release of the Group’s 
provision for bad and doubtful debts. 
The largest factor behind this reversal 
was the improved economic outlook, 
particularly in PNG and Fiji, as well as 
corporate loan recoveries in PNG and 
lower retail loan write-offs.
Delinquency rates1 (%)
2.8%
  80bps on FY23
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
2.8
3.6
2.6
2.8
2.8
-80bps
Owing to the improving quality 
of our loan book, our delinquency 
rates and provisions to loans ratio 
have improved in 2024, while total 
provisions align with expected 
credit loss calculations.
Provisions to loans (%)
3.3%
  100bps on FY23
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
3.3
4.3
4.3
5.1
5.5
-100bps
Provision balances decreased 
by 100bps compared to the same 
period last year, owing to improved 
economic conditions in the markets 
where we operate.
Deposits (K’b)
K29.1B
  2.5% on FY23
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
29.1
29.8
26.9
23.9
21.7
-2.5%
Total assets (K’b)
K37.1B
  0.5% on FY23
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
37.1
37.0
33.8
30.4
27.5
+0.5%
Capital adequacy (%)
26.2%
  180bps on FY23
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
26.2
24.4
25.1
25.7
23.2
+180bps
Loan book composition
~65%
Corporate 
segment
	 59%	 Corporate loans
	 17%	 Retail mortgages
	 13%	 Unsecured personal loans
	 6%	
Corporate overdrafts 
	 4%	
Others
 
K9.9B
Corporate lending
  1% on FY23
K2.9B
Retail mortgages
  11% on FY23
K2.2B
Unsecured personal loans
  2% on FY23
Credit quality and provisions
Credit quality improved in FY24, with delinquency 
rates down 80bps to 2.8% and provisions to loans 
falling 100bps to 3.3%.
1.	 90+ days, as a percentage of total loans.
1 5
1 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  P E R F O R M A N C E

Our ESG implementation Roadmap
We are implementing our ESG program over three Horizons: 
Horizon 1, our current 
reporting year, relates 
to establishing policy, 
risk and governance 
frameworks, and 
designing ESG-related 
business processes. 
Horizon 2 is primarily 
focused on executing 
ESG-related activities 
to achieve target 
states in our material 
focus areas. 
Horizon 3 transitions 
Horizon 2 initiatives 
into business-as-usual 
and adopts updated 
material topics for the 
next iteration of our ESG 
program beyond 2027.
Positive change
for the South Pacific
S U S T A I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T
H O R I Z O N   1
2 0 2 4
Origination phase
• Determine initial 
material topics
• Install enabling 
governance structures 
• Disclose inaugural 
Sustainability Report
• Identify baseline 
Scope 1 & 2 emissions
H O R I Z O N   3
2 0 2 7
Target end state
• Hand over ESG 
program activities 
to business-as-usual
• Review lessons 
learned
• Adopt new 
material topics for 
2027 onwards
H O R I Z O N   2
2 0 2 5
2 0 2 6
Implementation phase
• Implement ESG program activities
• Align business processes with ESG outcomes
• Build ESG capacity in credit, risk, operations 
and emissions accounting
• Conduct a materiality assessment (Q3–2026) 
This is BSP’s first Sustainability disclosure, covering 
the 2024 activities that comprise Horizon 1 of our 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
Implementation Roadmap. 
BSP’s sustainability approach supports the delivery of our business strategy. It reflects 
consideration of our most material ESG opportunities and risks and is aligned with our 
vision to be the South Pacific’s International Bank, championing prosperity for the region.
17
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T
16
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D

Topic validation 
and prioritisation
Synthesise the list of topics 
based on the impact on 
stakeholder groups, and BSP’s 
own capacity to influence change 
in the topic areas
Through this process, we arrive 
at a shortlist of prioritised topics
S U S T A I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
Materiality 
Approach
Our materiality process
Material topics
In 2024, BSP identified five material focus areas to address in our ESG program.
Document review 
and stakeholder feedback
Analyse peer practices
Assess internal and external 
policies, regulations and 
frameworks
Produce a list of material 
topics from:
• A public sentiment scan
• Stakeholder interviews 
and workshops
Leadership review 
and adoption of topics
BSP’s leadership at Group 
level and in our Pacific Markets 
are consulted on the shortlist 
of topics
Leadership reviews the 
shortlist based on stakeholder 
need and alignment with the 
business strategy
Material Topics are selected 
and approved by the Board
F I N A N C I A L  H E A LT H
Action areas
Advance community financial literacy 
and actively support equitable access 
to financial services through:
• Conducting financial literacy 
training, either directly or 
through collaboration with 
community partners
• Considering financial 
consumer protection 
• Factoring consumer hardship 
into our financing, lending and 
decision-making processes. 
• Financial Literacy
• Financial Inclusion
• Responsible Lending
• Financial Consumer Protection
• Financial Sector Deepening
G E N D E R - B A S E D  V I O L E N C E
Action areas
Collaborate with case management 
providers to counteract and respond 
to incidents of gender-based violence 
experienced by staff and customers.
Implement policies, programs, 
and strategies for preventing and 
responding to harmful behaviours, 
including forms of physical, sexual, 
emotional and financial abuse.
• Advocacy & Awareness
• Counter Human Trafficking
• Child labour and modern slavery
• Preventing Financial Abuse
• GBV support (legal, financial, etc.) 
programs
W O R K F O R C E  C A P A B I L I T Y
Action areas
Train, educate and develop bank 
staff to deliver proficient financial 
advice and caring customer service, 
including knowledge of financial 
products and services, banking 
procedures, ESG and adherence 
to regulatory compliance.
• Leadership Development
• Knowledge Transfer Programs
• ESG Education & Upskilling
E S G  C O R P O R A T E 
G O V E R N A N C E
Action areas
Embed ESG factors in decision-making 
processes, operations and strategic 
planning, including:
• Establishing governance 
structures dedicated to monitoring 
ESG initiatives
• Defining sustainability goals
• Integrating ESG considerations into 
the bank’s business strategy and 
risk management frameworks 
• Transparently reporting ESG 
performance, adhering to both 
regulatory requirements and 
industry standards related to 
ESG and the measurement 
of sustainability outcomes.
• Climate Risk Frameworks
• ESG Program Management
• Alignment to Global Standards
• Metrics & Target Setting
C L I M A T E  V U L N E R A B I L I T Y
Action areas
Build capability to manage risks 
and opportunities linked to the actual 
or potential physical effects of climate 
change on BSP’s owned or controlled 
assets and operations, including:
• Managing direct exposure 
to extreme weather conditions 
(i.e., flooding, storms)
• Addressing transitional risks from 
evolving policies, practices and 
technologies resulting from efforts 
to reduce economic dependence 
on carbon.
• Climate Adaptation & Mitigation
• Green Finance
• Physical & Transitional Risk
• Emissions
• Waste Disposal & Resource Use
In 2024, we undertook our first materiality assessment, 
which included conducting research and engaging with 
internal and external stakeholders to identify material ESG 
issues in our operations and portfolio. We prioritised the 
material areas based on the scale of their potential impacts 
on our stakeholders, as well as BSP’s ability to influence 
change in these areas.
1 9
1 8
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T

Environmental
BSP’s South Pacific markets are highly 
susceptible to the effects of climate 
change. The region faces an increasingly 
disproportionate number of climate-related 
disaster events relative to its contribution to 
global emissions. Our approach to managing 
climate risks and opportunities centres 
on addressing the inherent vulnerability 
of our staff, customers and communities 
in our markets. 
2024 was a preparatory year for 
BSP’s climate response, focused 
mainly on baselining risks. This 
included developing a deeper 
understanding of our physical 
and transition risks relating to 
the impacts of climate change, 
allowing us to build climate change 
considerations into our governance 
and risk frameworks. 
Over the next few years, BSP will 
continue to build on the information 
gathered to develop policies and 
procedures to enhance our emissions 
accounting capability.
S U S T A I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
Social
Promoting financial literacy, 
addressing gender-based violence 
(GBV) and improving workforce 
capability are essential to driving social 
change and economic inclusion in the 
South Pacific. Given our presence in 
communities across the South Pacific, 
BSP is well-positioned to champion 
prosperity and social change.
Facing and ending GBV in all forms remains 
a key commitment for BSP. Our focus, as part 
of the ESG program, is in raising awareness, 
preventing, and addressing GBV in the 
communities and our workforce. Through 
collaborative efforts, we are working to develop 
policies, programs, and strategies to prevent 
and respond to physical, sexual, emotional, 
and financial abuse.
Improving Workforce Capability contributes 
to a more fulfilled and capable professionals 
in the South Pacific. Our efforts in Workforce 
Capability focuses on training, education, 
and professional development to equip 
employees with the skills to flourish in their 
chosen carrier pathways. Our goal is to prepare 
staff to deliver proficient financial advice and 
customer service, with a strong understanding 
of financial products, banking procedures, 
ESG, and regulatory compliance.
Our Financial Health programs empowers 
individuals to better manage their resources, 
contributing to broader economic development 
and resilience in the region. These programs 
are focused on: promoting financial literacy; 
broadening financial inclusion; and championing 
responsible lending practices to promote 
financial consumer protection.
YES Grow Testimonial: 
Abus na Kumu
Abus na Kumu is a catering and food delivery 
business owned by Richard Mark. Richard started 
operating in his home kitchen in 2019 and turned 
his passion into a small business. After completing 
the YES Grow Training program and a six-month 
mentorship with ABV coaches, Richard was able 
to access funding from BSP to grow his business 
and open a restaurant in 2025.
“This is a milestone and a pillar 
for future growth and I would 
like to say thank you to everyone, 
especially the stakeholders who 
believed in us to deliver this project 
(opening of restaurant).”
C A S E  S T U D Y
Richard Mark and his team posing in front of their base 
of operations during a BSP site visit.
21
2 0
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T

S U S T A I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
BSP Academy testimonial:
Sharneet Singh
“The leadership training, and practical insights 
based on real-world scenarios are the key 
takeaways for me from the Academy,” says 
Sharneet Singh, BSP’s Group Financial Controller, 
as he shares his experiences from the Academy.
“The tools from the Academy have helped improve 
my decision-making and people-management 
skills, especially in my most recent role where 
I oversee accounting functions across seven 
different countries,” he added. 
“The Academy is critical for 
developing corporate talent 
within our Pacific Markets that 
is globally competitive.”
“Black Thursdays” Campaign
BSP’s “Black Thursdays” campaign reaffirms 
our solidarity with survivors of GBV and our 
commitment to raise awareness on this issue. 
Our “Black Thursdays” campaign 
is about resisting and challenging 
the attitudes and practices 
that perpetuate GBV. 
“Black Thursdays” was included as part of the 
corporate wardrobe in 2020 and observed by 
all staff Group-wide. Our Black attire, a symbol 
of mourning, is a solemn reminder of the suffering 
of countless survivors of GBV, and of our shared 
responsibility to break the cycles of violence at 
home, in the workplace, and in our communities.
C A S E  S T U D I E S
Governance
Embedding ESG considerations 
in decision-making processes, 
operations and strategic planning is 
a priority for BSP. We are establishing 
governance structures dedicated to 
monitoring ESG initiatives, defining 
sustainability goals, promoting equality 
and embedding considerations 
into business strategies and risk 
management frameworks. 
Our Board and management play a crucial role 
in translating ESG values into our strategy. A key aspect 
of the Board’s oversight responsibility is to ensure that 
ESG issues have appropriate risk management and 
reporting processes in place.
Group ESG Policy
In 2024, we introduced a Group ESG Policy that defines 
our ESG commitments and recognises the evolving 
ESG landscape and the need to adapt to emerging risks 
and regulatory requirements. The policy sets out how we 
identify, quantify and address ESG risks and opportunities, 
ensuring compliance with evolving regulations and aligning 
BSP with international frameworks, including the United 
Nations Sustainable Development Goals. 
ESG Steering Committee
Given climate-related risks and opportunities will 
have significant impacts on our employees, customers 
and operations, the Board has established the ESG 
Steering Committee, chaired by the Deputy Group CEO, 
and comprising the Group-level executive sponsors 
responsible for our five material ESG focus areas.
The Steering Committee’s duties include:
• ESG strategy development;
• Managing climate risks and opportunities;
• Metrics and targets;
• Oversee program delivery;
• Sustainability disclosures; and
• Integrating best practice into our operations.
Via the Steering Committee, the executive sponsors 
report directly to the Board Risk Committee (BRC). 
The Committee has a standing agenda item at each BRC 
meeting, enabling Board oversight of our ESG program.
Sharneet Singh participating in a BSP Academy session.
BSP’s Manager for FSV Services, Elizabeth Asigau (right), 
conducting staff training for the Black Thursdays campaign.
2 3
2 2
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y  R E P O R T

The GRAS is set at a level 
that the Board expects 
management to operate 
within, to achieve desired 
business outcomes:
• Preserving capital 
adequacy
• Maintaining liquidity
• Achieving targeted 
performance
BSP uses multiple 
techniques to identify 
and measure the 
risks it is exposed 
to such as:
• Risk and control 
assessments
• Emerging 
enterprise-wide 
risk assessment 
We implement 
measures to manage 
and control risks within 
appetite, such as:
• Limits, delegated 
authorities and review 
and approval processes
• Policies and 
procedures
• Issue and incident 
management
• Internal audit
The Board and 
its committees:
• Oversee BSP’s system 
of internal controls 
and compliance
• Review of reports 
on the measurement 
of risk, adequacy and 
effectiveness of BSP’s 
risk management 
and internal 
control systems
Our risk management process 
Our Risk Management Framework (RMF) adopts the 
principles of the ISO 310000:2018 risk management 
guideline and outlines BSP’s key risks processes. The aim 
of the framework is to identify, assess, manage, monitor 
and report material risks faced by BSP so that we can 
achieve our objectives. The RMF includes a number of risk 
types (Strategic, Financial and Non-financial), each with 
their own specific frameworks to identify, assess, govern 
and manage their unique risks. The Board approved Group 
Risk Appetite Statement (GRAS) sets the risk limits the 
Bank operates within to deliver our strategy.
Our material risks are those the Bank is placing extra focus 
on mitigating, due to their potential to materially impact 
the Bank, Customers, shareholders and the community, 
now or in the future. Material risks, together with BSP’s 
approach to risk management are regularly reported 
to the Board through the Board Risk Committee.
Taking an integrated risk management approach ensures 
both alignment with and consistency of activities relating 
to risk management. The RMF provides the guardrails 
to support greater risk awareness, understanding and 
consistency across the organisation. 
Ensuring stability
for our shareholders
R I S K  M A N A G E M E N T  F R A M E W O R K
BSP is committed to managing all 
material risks arising from its activities, 
in accordance with stated policies. 
The Board has overall responsibility 
for overseeing the management 
of these risks.
G O V E R N 
A N D 
M O N I T O R
I D E N T I F Y 
A N D  A S S E S S 
R I S K S
M A N A G E 
A N D 
C O N T R O L 
R I S K S
G R O U P  R I S K 
A P P E T I T E 
S T A T E M E N T 
( G R A S )
2 5
2 4
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
R I S K  M A N A G E M E N T  F R A M E W O R K

How we manage risk 
Our risk management approach ensures consistent and 
effective management of risk and provides for appropriate 
accountability and oversight. Risk management 
is enterprise‑wide, applying to all entity levels and is 
a crucial element in the execution of BSP’s strategy.
Our enterprise‑wide risk represents the risks that are core 
to our banking services business. We organise these into 
strategic, financial and non-financial risk categories and 
annually identify key enterprise risks. These top enterprise 
risks have a focused management oversight given they 
represent potential material impacts to the strategy. 
We scan the environment for changes to ensure that 
our risk universe remains relevant.
The enterprise‑wide risk is managed through the 
lifecycle from identification to reporting. Our assessment 
process includes quantification of risks under normal 
and stressed conditions up to, and including, recovery 
and resolution.
Risk exposures are managed through different techniques 
and are monitored against a risk appetite that supports our 
strategy. We manage and allocate capital efficiently to grow 
shareholder value while ensuring that regulatory capital 
requirements are met.
Our governance structure enables oversight and 
accountability through appropriate mandated board 
and management committees. The three lines of defence 
model is leveraged to maintain a sound risk culture with 
an emphasis on our policies and procedures.
Our risk management framework is strengthened by a 
robust control environment, guided by risk governance 
standards and policies. This is further reinforced through 
our values, code of conduct, compliance training, and 
whistleblowing programs.
“Our governance structure enables 
oversight and accountability through 
appropriate mandated board and 
management committees. The three 
lines of defence model is leveraged 
to maintain a sound risk culture 
with an emphasis on our policies 
and procedures.”
R I S K  M A N A G E M E N T  F R A M E W O R K  C O N T I N U E D
B S P  G R O U P  B O A R D
R E M U N E R A T I O N  A N D 
N O M I N A T I O N  C O M M I T T E E
B O A R D  A U D I T  A N D 
C O M P L I A N C E  C O M M I T T E E
B O A R D  R I S K  C O M M I T T E E
C H I E F  E X E C U T I V E  O F F I C E R
E X E C U T I V E  C O M M I T T E E  ( E X C O )
F I N A N C I A L  R I S K  C O M M I T T E E S
N O N - F I N A N C I A L  R I S K  C O M M I T T E E S
Executive Committee
Group Asset and 
Liability Committee 
(GALCO)
Credit Risk 
Committee 
Losses from failure 
of borrowers and 
counter-parties 
to meet their 
obligations to BSP
Audit and 
Compliance 
Committee 
Fines or 
sanctions from 
non‑compliance 
with laws and 
regulations
Operational 
Risk Committee 
Losses from 
inadequate or failed 
internal processes, 
systems or people
Technology 
Steering 
Committee 
Disruption to 
business operations 
from software, 
hardware and/or 
communication 
failures
Disclosure 
Committee 
Incorrect 
and selective 
or inadvertent 
disclosure 
of material 
market sensitive 
information
ESG Steering 
Committee 
Oversight 
of ESG‑related risks 
and opportunities
Liquidity Risk 
Market Risk 
Interest Rate Risk
Foreign 
Exchange Risk
Sub-risk types: 
Financial Crime 
Compliance Risk
Regulatory 
and Licensing 
Obligations Risk
Sub-risk types: 
Fraud Risk 
People Risk
Business Disruption 
Risk 
Transaction 
Processing Risk 
Legal Risk
Sub-risk types: 
Cybersecurity Risk 
Data Management 
Risk 
IT Disaster Recovery 
Planning
Sub-risk types: 
Regulatory 
Compliance Risk 
Financial Reporting 
Compliance Risk 
Reputation Risk
Sub-risk types: 
Climate Risk
ESG Regulatory 
Compliance Risk
Reputation Risk
Project Risk
2 7
2 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   R I S K  M A N A G E M E N T  F R A M E W O R K

Material risks
The Board and management are placing additional focus on mitigating a number of our material, financial and 
non‑financial risk types due to their potential impact to BSP, our customers, shareholders and the community.
R I S K  M A N A G E M E N T  F R A M E W O R K  C O N T I N U E D
Risk description
How we manage this risk
Technology Risk
Technology risk relates to any threat 
to BSP’s critical operating systems, data 
and business processes that deliver 
banking services.
We manage technology risk by monitoring the condition of systems to minimise outages 
or failure of critical systems and technology infrastructure that can impact the services 
we provide to our customers.
•	 Software lifecycle management tools and processes are implemented to ensure controlled 
software and configuration deployment across all environments including production;
•	 Key Vendors are actively engaged in continued issue resolution and management via 
Managed Services contracts;
•	 BSP’s crisis management framework and crisis response teams provide the structure 
to ensure a coordinated response to disruption incidents;
•	 Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans are in place and renewed and tested 
annually; and
•	 The IT Steering Committee provide oversight of specific Technology and Information 
Security risks.
Operational Risk 
This risk arises when there is direct or 
indirect loss resulting from human factors, 
inadequate or failed internal processes, 
systems or external events.
We seek to manage and reduce operational risk to optimise the customer experience 
while supporting BSP’s strategy, reputation and financial performance. We recognise that 
operational risk is inherent in our business activities and that it is not always cost effective 
or possible to attempt to eliminate all operational risks. Operational risks of material 
significance are expected to be infrequent and we will seek to reduce the likelihood 
and impact of these. Within this context, the management of operational risk has two 
key objectives:
•	 To minimise the impact of losses suffered in the normal course of business and to avoid 
or reduce the likelihood of suffering an extreme loss; and
•	 To improve the effective and efficient management of BSP while minimising 
operational risks.
Anti-Money Laundering and 
Counter Terrorism Financing 
(AML & CTF)
Non-compliance with the AML/CTF 
Legislation in the jurisdictions where 
BSP operates.
Our compliance with anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism 
(AML/CTF) regulations in the countries where we operate is continually being 
enhanced through:
•	 Execution of AML/CTF controls during new customer onboarding; customer product and 
business risk reviews and correspondent banking relationship management processes;
•	 Staff training and awareness undertaken to ensure that staff are aware of Policies 
and Procedures and the significance of conducting specialised review for customers;
•	 Enhanced Customer Due Diligence for High Risk and Politically Exposed Persons; and
•	 We will continue expanding and optimising our transaction monitoring and 
detection capabilities.
Information Security Risk
The potential danger or harm arising 
from unauthorised access, use, disclosure, 
disruption, modification, or destruction of 
digital information. This risk can originate 
from various sources, including: 
•	 Cyber attacks;
•	 Data breaches; 
•	 Malware; and 
•	 Other security incidents that 
compromise the confidentiality, integrity, 
and availability of sensitive information.
Cyber risk remains a key industry threat as perpetrators continue to become more 
sophisticated. In response, BSP has committed to the continued enhancement of its 
security capability to ensure that the associated risks remain within the risk appetite 
and managed through: 
•	 Security Monitoring; 
•	 Security Testing, including Internal/External system penetration testing to 
identify vulnerabilities;
•	 Continuing awareness on Information Security policies and staff training on emerging 
cyber security threats; and
•	 PCI DSS compliant with security processes and procedures to secure payment card data.
Risk description
How we manage this risk
Credit Risk
Inability of customers to meet loan 
obligations and or current/prospective 
threat to BSP’s earnings and capital 
as a result of a counterparty’s failure 
to comply with a financial or other 
contractual obligation.
We manage our credit risk by maintaining a culture of responsible lending and a robust 
risk policy and control framework.
•	 Processes are in place that identify, assess and control credit risk in relation to the loan 
portfolio for loan impairment; 
•	 Defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating risk appetite under actual 
and stressed conditions.
•	 Monitoring our credit risk exposure relative to approved limits;
•	 Ensuring that there is independent monitoring of credit risk and its mitigation 
independently of the business functions; and
•	 Adequate provisioning held in compliance with IFRS9.
People Risk
Inadequate succession planning may lead 
to key-person dependency on critical job 
roles or in leadership positions.
BSP has placed key emphasis on an effective Succession Planning program. 
•	 Competitive retention packages and programs ensuring that BSP remains the employer 
of choice in the market. 
•	 BSP proactively responds to best market practices that aids to maintain its position 
as the market leader.
Targeted staff development, training and certification based on training needs analysis 
undertaken by business units. 
Regulatory/Compliance Risk
Failure to comply with legal, regulatory 
and prudential obligations. Exposure 
to regulatory fines for non-compliance 
of laws/regulations.
We have documented compliance plans and established Compliance Obligations 
registers to ensure we comply with the legal, regulatory and prudential obligations 
in all the countries we operate and this process is overseen by our Management Audit 
and Compliance Committee.
•	 Update, capture and understand requirements of the obligations register. 
Project Risk
Refers to an uncertain event or condition 
that, if it occurs, will affect the project and 
may result in the inability to deliver within 
budget and agreed timelines.
BSP has a Project Management Office with the aim of delivering programs of work 
aligned to the BSP’s strategic objectives including:
•	 Ensuring deliverables are achieved across the programs;
•	 Managing the benefits realisation process for delivered projects and programs; and
•	 Optimising the use of staffing and other resources to achieve the above.
Project risk is further managed by ensuring that:
•	 Policies and Procedures are in place to manage project governance;
•	 Project issues, risks, dependencies and constraints that may impact implementation 
are managed;
•	 Monthly meetings held to monitor programs; and
•	 Projects are supported by Executive Management and progress oversight by Board.
Interest Rate Risk
The possibility for BSP to experience 
loss in earnings due to factors that affect 
the overall performance of the financial 
markets resulting from changes to the 
interest rates and foreign exchange 
(FX) rates.
Risk limits are set and reviewed at least annually and in line with our defined risk appetite. 
The criteria for setting risk limits include relevant market analysis, market liquidity and 
business strategy. This limit structure comprises the following types of market risk limits:
•	 Value at Risk (VaR) limits;
•	 Position and sensitivity (Non-VaR) limits;
•	 Stress Testing for Foreign Currency, Interest Rate and Liquidity Risk; 
•	 Tracking performances against approved Group Risk Appetite and Policy limits 
daily/monthly;
•	 Balance sheet impact on Loans and Deposits; 
•	 The above process is overseen by our Group Asset & Liabilities Committee 
and reported to Executive Committee and Board; and
•	 Loan portfolio is denominated in local currency and on variable interest rate.
Climate Risk
The possibility of climate change on 
businesses and society. It can be divided 
into two main categories: Physical Risks 
and Transitional Risks. Physical Risks 
are categorised as “Acute” physical 
risks (Event-driven, including increased 
severity of extreme weather events, such 
as cyclones, floods, or heat waves), and 
“Chronic” physical risks (Changes in typical 
conditions over long time periods caused 
by climate change, such as warming 
resulting in sea level rise). Transition risks 
relate to policy, technology and regulatory 
changes as South Pacific markets move 
away from relying on fossil fuels and toward 
a low-carbon economy.
BSP has placed key emphasis on an effective Climate risk program. 
•	 Considering climate risks in business continuity plans;
•	 Monitoring significant climate risks and current indicators and trends;
•	 Progressively reviewing and updating organisational strategies to account 
for the changing climate risk regulations;
•	 Improving employee awareness and climate risk literacy.
Regular engagement with material businesses and industry representatives.
2 9
2 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   R I S K  M A N A G E M E N T  F R A M E W O R K

B O A R D  O F  D I R E C T O R S
Guiding 
Strategic 
Growth
Our Board of Directors 
embodies a commitment 
to financial resilience, 
innovation and 
community-driven 
growth across the 
South Pacific. With 
decades of global 
and local governance 
experience, the Board 
also has a deep 
understanding of 
our region’s unique 
opportunities and 
challenges, and 
a determination to 
support businesses, 
empower communities 
and enhance financial 
inclusion.
ROBERT G. BRADSHAW LLB
Chairman, Non-Executive Director
PATRICIA TAUREKA-SERUVATU
LLB, MAICD
Non-Executive Director
MARK T. ROBINSON
Group Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director
FRANK BOURAGA
CPA, MAICD
Non-Executive Director
Appointed Chairman: February 2023
Robert Bradshaw was appointed to the 
BSP Board in September 2017 and served 
as Chairman of the Remuneration and 
Nominations Committee from 2019 until 
his appointment as Board Chairman 
in February 2023.
Robert holds a Bachelor of Laws from 
the University of Papua New Guinea 
and has practiced law for over 25 years 
and has served on a number of Boards 
and is currently the Chairman of Post 
PNG Limited.
Appointed:
April 2022
Committees:
Patricia is a Law practitioner with 
over 30 years’ experience in the legal, 
superannuation, property, commercial 
and corporate services in PNG. 
Patricia holds a Bachelor of Laws from 
the University of PNG and was admitted 
to practice law in PNG in 1988. She is 
a member of the Australian and PNG 
Institute of Company Directors. 
Appointed Executive Director: March 2023
Mark T. Robinson was appointed Group 
CEO of BSP Financial Group Limited (BSP) 
in November 2022 and commenced work 
in March 2023. He is a senior financial 
services executive and globally experienced 
banking Chief Executive Officer with 
more than thirty years’ experience across 
developed and emerging markets.
Mark graduated from the University 
of Chicago with a Bachelor of Arts 
and he also holds a Master of Business 
Administration from the University 
of Chicago’s Booth School of Business.
Appointed:
December 2020 
Committees:
 Chair
Frank is a qualified CPA accountant 
with over 26 years experience. 
Currently, he is a partner in Assurance 
and Business Advisory Services with SBC 
Solutions. Previous roles include Country 
Managing Partner for Ernst & Young 
PNG, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Star 
Business Consultants. Frank is a director 
of the PNG Cancer Foundation and the 
PNG SP Hunters. 
Frank holds a Bachelor of Business 
(Accounting) from Central Queensland 
University and is a member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors. 
See more details at 
bsp.com.pg/about/board-of-directors/
Board Committees
  Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee
Board Risk Committee
  Remuneration and 
Nominations Committee
SYMON BREWIS-WESTON
(HONS), MAPPFIN
Non-Executive Director
STEPHEN BEACH
BSC (ECON. & ACC.), CPA
Non-Executive Director
FAAMAUSILI DR. MATAGIALOFI 
LUA’IUFI BA, MSC, PHD
Non-Executive Director
PRISCILLA KEVIN
BSCS, MAICD
Non-Executive Director
STUART DAVIS LLB, GAICD
Non-Executive Director
IAN A. TARUTIA
OBE, FAICD, FPNGID
Non-Executive Director
Appointed:
April 2021
Committees:
Chairman of BSP Financial Group (Fiji)
(since 2024)
With broad international experience 
in financial services, Symon has a deep 
understanding of markets across Australia 
and Asia Pacific. He was CEO of Humm 
Group Ltd and Sovereign Assurance Co. 
Ltd (NZ), where he held senior Executive 
positions for 15 years. 
Symon holds a Bachelor of Economics 
(Hons) and a Master of Applied Finance 
from Macquarie University. He was the 2015 
recipient of the UN Global CEO Women 
Empowerment Principle’s Leadership 
Award for his contribution to diversity 
and women’s empowerment.
Appointed:
March 2024 
Committees:
Stephen is a qualified accounting 
professional with over 40 years experience 
in assurance, business advisory, taxation, 
and corporate reporting, including 35 years 
spent in PNG. He was a partner at the PNG 
PwC practice for 23 years and is a principal 
at Beach Accounting Advisory in PNG.
Stephen is a long serving member of the 
PNG Certified Practicing Accountants, and 
is an alternate member of the Accountants 
Registration Board and the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales, CPA Australia and the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors.
Appointed:
December 2016 
Committees:
 Chair
Faamausili is a seasoned public sector 
practitioner, having served as CEO of the 
Samoan Public Service Commission for 
approximately 12 years, prior to moving 
into consultancy roles in 2008. 
Faamausili holds a PhD and a Masters 
degree in Management Science and 
a Bachelor’s degree in Sociology and 
Political Science. She is a member of the 
Australian, PNG and Samoan Institute of 
Company Directors, as well as the Samoa 
Human Resource Institute. 
Appointed:
April 2020 
Committees:
Priscilla is an IT professional specialising 
in Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) 
Support Advisory. She has over 20 years 
ICT industry experience, providing ICT 
consultancy and support to a range of 
businesses and government bodies. 
Priscilla holds a Bachelor’s Degree 
in Computer Science from PNG 
University of Technology and is an 
advocate and founder of PNG Women 
in STEM and Digital ICT Cluster Inc. 
She is a member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors. 
Appointed:
August 2017
Committees:
 Chair
Stuart is an experienced financial services 
professional with substantial banking, 
strategy, risk and regulatory experience 
across Australia and Asia Pacific Region. 
He has held senior executive roles including 
CEO of HSBC Australia, India, Taiwan. He 
is currently Non-Executive director across 
NextDC Ltd, Appen and PayPal Australia.
Stuart holds a Bachelor of Law Degree 
from the University of Adelaide and is 
a Graduate of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors.
Appointed:
April 2023 
Committees:
Ian has extensive strategic leadership 
and governance experience across the 
superannuation and financial services 
industry, including 15 years as CEO of 
National Superannuation Fund (Nasfund) 
in PNG, the establishment of NCSL in 2003 
(the largest savings and loan society in 
the Pacific by membership) and former 
Chairmanship of the Pacific Islands 
Investment Forum. 
Ian holds a Bachelor of Business Economics 
and an MBA from the University of PNG, 
as well as Diplomas in Financial Markets 
(Australia) and Economic Policy Analysis 
(PNG). He is fellow of both the Australian 
and PNG Institute of Company Directors. 
31
3 0
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
B O A R D  O F  D I R E C T O R S
E x e c u t i v e  Te a m

E X E C U T I V E  T E A M
PETER BESWICK
Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer
MARYANN LAMEKO-VAAI
Acting Group Chief Financial Officer
NUNI KULU
Group Chief Operating Officer
Appointed: August 2024
Peter is a qualified Chartered Accountant 
and has over 25 years experience in 
banking across business, retail, corporate, 
government and credit risk management. 
Prior to his appointment in August 
2024, he was Group General Manager 
Corporate Banking from 2011. He has held 
senior leadership roles across Australia and 
South-East Asia – for the Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia, National Australia Bank 
and Bank of New Zealand.
Appointed: August 2024
Maryann assumed this role in August 
2024, after serving as Group General 
Manager Pacific Markets since June 2022. 
She joined Westpac Samoa in 2012 as 
Head of Finance & Operations and later 
became Country Head of BSP Samoa 
in 2015. With over 20 years of experience, 
Maryann has held various executive 
roles in finance, accounting, auditing 
and operations. She holds a Bachelor 
of Commerce from Auckland University 
and Chartered Accountant accreditations 
from CPA Australia and the Samoa 
Institute of Accountants.
Appointed: April 2023
Prior to being appointed as GCOO, 
Nuni was General Manager Digital. 
She joined the former PNG Banking 
Corporation as a graduate and held 
numerous roles within Treasury, Markets 
and Retail Banking during the course 
of her career. Nuni has a Bachelor of 
Commerce from the Australian National 
University and has undertaken General 
Management studies at INSEAD and 
Melbourne Business School.
RONESH DAYAL
Group General Manager 
Retail Banking
DANIEL FAUNT
Group General Manager 
Corporate Banking
PAUL BLACK
Group General Manager 
Pacific Markets
Appointed: August 2024
Ronesh oversees the BSP Group’s Retail 
business, which includes the largest 
branch and agency banking network in 
the South Pacific, digital banking services, 
Retail product portfolios and customer 
segmentation. He has over 20 years of 
experience in financial services, including 
life insurance and banking. Prior to his 
current role, Ronesh was the Group’s Chief 
Financial Officer. He also oversees the BSP 
Group’s Strategy, leading initiatives under 
the Modernisation program. Ronesh has a 
Bachelor of Arts Degree with double majors 
in Accounting & Financial Management 
and Information Systems. He is a fellow 
member of CPA Australia and CPA PNG, 
and a chartered accountant member of 
The Fiji Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Appointed: August 2024
Since joining BSP in 2016, Daniel has held 
senior leadership roles including – Group 
General Manager Retail and Group General 
Manager Pacific Markets. Daniel has 
extensive experience in financial services 
having held senior leadership roles with 
the ANZ Group for 20 years across Australia, 
PNG and the Pacific Markets. Daniel 
holds an MBA from Deakin University 
and a Bachelor of Business in Banking 
& Finance from Queensland University 
of Technology.
Appointed: August 2024
Paul brings over 35 years of Retail and 
Corporate banking experience across 
Australia and PNG. Joining BSP in 2011, 
he’s held senior positions, including Deputy 
General Manager Corporate Banking, 
and has supported operations in the Pacific 
Islands. Prior to BSP, he spent 22 years 
at CBA in senior corporate, retail and 
relationship banking roles. His expertise 
encompasses corporate lending, credit 
risk and stakeholder management. 
A member of FINSIA, Paul is currently 
completing his MBA.
See more details at  
bsp.com.pg/about/executive-management/
MIKE HALLINAN
Group Chief Risk Officer
VANDHNA NARAYAN
Group Chief Compliance Officer 
& Company Secretary
RICHARD NICHOLLS
Group Chief Information Officer 
Appointed: March 2023
Mike was re-appointed as Group Chief 
Risk Officer (GCRO) after retiring in 
2022. Mike’s career spans over 40 years 
in Banking and Finance – specialising 
in risk and credit management. He has 
held senior leadership roles managing 
government, corporate and institutional 
relationships for the Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia, as well as Executive 
Lending positions with the former Papua 
New Guinea Banking Corporation. Mike 
is a qualified CPA, MAICD and is a Fellow 
of the Australian Bankers Institute.
Appointed GCCO: February 2021
Appointed Secretary: October 2024
Her role oversees the Group’s Compliance 
activities, including BSP’s Anti-Money 
Laundering (AML) Program, it’s regulatory 
and policy compliance program and 
administrative oversight over the Group’s 
internal audit and credit inspection 
functions. Vandhna is an experienced legal 
practitioner, with over 30 years experience 
in litigation, human rights, compliance 
and corporate governance in Australia, 
New Zealand, PNG and Fiji. Former roles 
have included Group Head of Compliance 
and AML for BSP, and General Manager 
Legal & Compliance for BSP Fiji.
Appointed: May 2023
Richard has over 30 years in technology 
management across the financial services 
industry. He has held senior technology 
delivery and support roles in investment 
and retail banking across the United 
Kingdom, Australia, Philippines and Papua 
New Guinea. Prior to joining BSP, Richard 
was the Strategic Change Management 
consultant for Nomura International and 
Head of Enterprise Technology Asia for 
Macquarie Bank based in the Philippines. 
Richard is a graduate of the University of 
New South Wales where he received his 
Bachelor of Electrical Engineering.
HARI RABURA
Group General Manager 
Corporate Affairs & Community
ROHAN GEORGE
Group General Manager 
Treasury & Markets 
PETER KOMON
Acting Group General Manager 
People & Culture
Appointed: August 2024
Hari is responsible for supporting the 
Group’s commitment and investment 
across the communities in Papua New 
Guinea and the broader Pacific markets. 
Hari has a strong network within the 
communities across the Pacific & has 
a passion for leading social impact 
causes. Her career spans over 20 years 
of experience delivering strategic HR 
initiatives. Prior to her appointment, 
she was BSP’s Group General Manager 
People & Culture. She is a graduate 
of the University of Goroka (PNG) and 
has undertaken General Management 
studies at INSEAD and Melbourne 
Business School. 
Appointed: February 2015
Rohan is an accomplished Treasury 
& Markets professional with over 30 years 
of experience across developed and 
emerging financial markets. He is 
a specialist in managing market and 
liquidity risks across a diverse range 
of asset classes, including fixed income, 
foreign exchange, commodities, and 
capital markets. Prior to joining BSP, 
Rohan held senior positions at ANZ 
(Head of Global Markets, Cambodia 
& Laos), Westpac (Pacific Treasurer) and 
at BNP Paribas Investment Management 
in Sydney. He holds a Master of Applied 
Finance degree from Macquarie University 
Australian Financial Markets Association 
and the Sydney Futures Exchange.
Appointed: August 2024
Peter has over 16 years’ experience in 
the Financial Service Sector. Since joining 
BSP in 2012, he has held various senior 
leadership roles including overseeing 
rural banking, the nationwide branch 
network, and more recently, the Head 
of Payments. Prior to joining BSP, Peter 
worked for PNG Microfinance Limited, 
and studied Agriculture Economics 
at the University of Sydney.
3 3
3 2
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
E X E C U T I V E  T E A M

C O R P O R A T E  G O V E R N A N C E  S T A T E M E N T
This Corporate Governance Statement, which has 
been approved by the Board, describes our corporate 
governance framework, policies and practices 
as at 31 December 2024.
In this Corporate Governance Statement, a reference to 
‘BSP’, ‘BSP Group’, ‘the Bank’, ‘the Company’, ‘the Group’, ‘our’, 
‘us’, and ‘we’ is to BSP Financial Group Limited ARBN 649 704656 
ASX:BFL|PNGX:BSP and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means 
just BSP Financial Group Limited.
Our approach to Corporate Governance
BSP Financial Group Limited (BSP) is committed to 
maintaining high standards of corporate governance 
underpinned by our Purpose ‘Championing Prosperity 
for the South Pacific’, our Vision ‘The South Pacific’s 
International Bank’ and our Core Values “We Care”, 
“We Aspire” and “We Grow”. This approach is supported 
by a comprehensive framework of corporate governance 
principles and policies.1
The Board ensures that BSP complies with the 
requirements of the Papua New Guinea Companies Act 
1997, Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), PNGX Listing 
Rules, PNGX Corporate Governance Code for Listed Issuers, 
the ASX Listing Rules and the ASX Corporate Governance 
Principles and Recommendations (4th Edition).
BSP also complies with all applicable regulations on 
corporate governance. These currently include:
• the Bank of Papua New Guinea (BPNG) Banking 
Prudential Standard BPS 300: Corporate Governance 
(issued under Section 27 of the Banks and Financial 
Institutions Act 2000)2
• the Reserve Bank of Fiji Prudential Supervision Policy 
Statement No. 1: Minimum Requirements for Corporate 
Governance of Licensed Entities (2019);
• the National Reserve Bank of Tonga Prudential Statement 
No. 9 (revised 2014): Governance;
• the Financial Supervisory Commission of the Cook Islands 
Banking Prudential Statement BPS09: Governance Risk 
Management (June 2019);
• the Central Bank of Samoa Prudential Statement 1 
(January 2021);
• the Reserve Bank of Vanuatu International Bank 
Prudential Guideline No. 10 Management of Financial 
Institutions: Fit & Proper Requirements; and
• the Central Bank of Solomon Islands Prudential Guideline 
No. 1 on Governance (2024).
The Board, Management and staff of BSP are aware of 
their responsibilities to the people of Papua New Guinea, 
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Samoa, Tonga and Cook 
Islands. BSP’s Corporate Governance Principles provide 
a framework that helps to ensure that BSP deals fairly and 
openly with all its stakeholders – regulators, shareholders, 
customers and staff alike.
G O V E R N A N C E  F R A M E W O R K
1.  Our corporate governance Principles and Policies are available at bsp.com.pg/about/investors/corporate-governance/#PolicyDocuments
2. Under review.
3 5
3 4
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

Roles and Responsibilities of the Board
The Board Charter1 defines the roles, responsibilities 
and composition of the Board. It also outlines the matters 
reserved for the Board and those that are delegated 
to Management.
The Board is responsible to the Shareholders for the 
overall performance of BSP. It provides leadership and 
strategic direction, establishing goals for management 
and monitoring the achievement of those goals with 
a view to optimising BSP’s performance and increasing 
shareholder value.
The key functions of the Board are:
•	 setting the overall strategy of BSP regarding operations, 
finance, dividends, and risk management;
•	 appointing the Group Chief Executive Officer (GCEO), 
Executives and Company Secretary and setting 
appropriate remuneration packages;
•	 endorsing appropriate policy frameworks 
for Management;
•	 reviewing Board composition and performance;
•	 reviewing Management performance;
•	 approving an annual strategic plan with an annual 
budget for BSP and monitoring results on a regular basis;
•	 ensuring that appropriate risk management systems 
are in place and are operating to protect BSP’s financial 
position and assets;
•	 ensuring that BSP complies with laws and relevant 
regulations and conforms with the highest standards 
of financial and ethical behaviour;
•	 approving acquisitions and disposals material 
to the business;
•	 establishing authority levels;
•	 with the assistance of the Board Audit and Compliance 
Committee, selecting and recommending to the 
Shareholders the appointment of external auditors; and
•	 approving the financial statements.
The Board has delegated a number of these responsibilities 
to its various Committees. The Committees and 
responsibilities are detailed in the Board Committees 
section of this Report.
The Board has delegated to Management responsibility for:
•	 developing the annual operating and capital expenditure 
budgets for Board approval and monitoring performance 
against these budgets;
•	 developing and implementing strategies within the 
framework approved by the Board and providing the 
Board with recommendations on key strategic issues;
•	 appointing management below Executive Committee 
level and preparing and maintaining succession plans 
for these senior roles;
•	 developing and maintaining effective risk management 
policies and procedures; and
•	 keeping the Board and the market fully informed 
of material developments.
Board Composition
The maximum number of Directors prescribed by the BSP Constitution and approved by the Shareholders is ten. 
As at 31 December 2024, there were ten Directors as set out below:
Director 
Date of 
appointment
Length of service
(as at 31 Dec 2024)
Status 
Robert Bradshaw
September 2017
7 years 3 months
Non‑Executive, Independent 
Mark Robinson
November 2022
2 years 1 month 
Executive, Non-Independent 
Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi 
December 2016
8 years
Non‑Executive, Independent 
Stuart Davis 
August 2017
7 years 4 months
Non‑Executive, Independent 
Ian Tarutia 
April 2023
1 year 8 months
Non‑Executive, Non-independent 
Priscilla Kevin 
April 2020
4 years 8 months
Non‑Executive, Independent 
Frank Bouraga
December 2020
4 years
Non‑Executive, Independent 
Symon Brewis-Weston
April 2021
3 years 8 months
Non‑Executive, Independent 
Patricia Taureka-Seruvatu
April 2022
2 years 8 months
Non‑Executive, Independent 
Stephen Beach2
March 2024
9 months
Non‑Executive, Independent
1.	 The Board Charter is available at bsp-com-pg-agfud6dwcvh6hae9.a01.azurefd.net/uploads/2025/03/Board-Charter.pdf
2.	 Stephen Beach replaced Arthur Sam, who retired from the Board effective 29 February 2024.
B O A R D  G O V E R N A N C E
Independence and Conflicts of Interest
Directors of BSP avoid conflicts of interest, by declaring 
their interest and refraining from involving themselves 
in the consideration of matters where a conflict might 
arise. BSP’s Corporate Governance Principles and 
Managing Conflicts of Interest Policy requires Directors 
to disclose any new directorships and equity interests 
at each Board Meeting.
The Company Secretary maintains a running register 
of each Director’s interests to ensure that a majority of 
the Board is independent. Directors are deemed to be 
independent if they are judged free from any material 
or other business relationship with BSP that would 
compromise their independence.
Prior to appointment, all Directors are required to 
provide information to the Board for it to assess their 
independence. In assessing the independence of Directors, 
the Board takes into consideration the following:
•	 the Director is not an executive of the Group;
•	 the Director is not a substantial shareholder of BSP 
or otherwise associated directly with a substantial 
shareholder of BSP;
•	 the Director has not within the last three years been 
a material consultant or a principal of a material 
professional adviser to BSP, or an employee materially 
associated with a service provider;
•	 the Director is not a material supplier to BSP, or a material 
consultant to BSP, or an employee materially associated 
with a material supplier or customer;
•	 the Director has no material contractual relationship with 
BSP other than as a Director of BSP; or
•	 the Director is free from any interest and any business 
or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be 
perceived to, materially interfere with the Director’s ability 
to act in the best interests of BSP.
This information is assessed by the Board to determine 
whether the relationship could, or could reasonably be 
perceived to, materially interfere with the exercise of 
the Director’s responsibilities. Materiality is assessed 
on a case‑by‑case basis.
BSP fully complies with the requirements of the BPNG 
Prudential Standard 4/2003 – Limits on Loans to Related 
Parties and details of Related Party Transactions are 
summarised in Financial Note 35 on page 124 of BSP’s 
2024 Annual Report, while Directors’ Interest Register 
on pages 138–139 of the Annual Report provides details 
of the Directors’ Interests.
Chair
The Board Chair is an independent Non‑Executive Director 
who must be elected by the Directors and not have been 
a former executive officer of BSP or the GCEO in the last 
three years. The Chair can hold the position for a maximum 
of six consecutive years unless there are exceptional 
circumstances for which prior approval of the prudential 
regulator is required.
The Chair’s responsibilities include:
•	 ensuring open and inclusive discussion and debate 
by the Board;
•	 maintaining a regular, open and constructive relationship 
and dialogue with the GCEO and management, and 
being the key link between the Board and management;
•	 representing the views of the Board and the BSP Group 
to stakeholders, including shareholders, regulators and 
the community; and
•	 setting the Board agenda in conjunction with the 
GCEO and Company Secretary and ensuring the provision 
of information to the Board, meeting cadence and 
discussions are appropriate to enable effective decision 
making by the Board.
Company Secretary
The BSP Company Secretary, through the Chair, is directly 
accountable to the Board for the proper functioning of the 
Board. Each Director may seek the advice of the Company 
Secretary. Under the Constitution, the Company Secretary 
may only be appointed or removed by the Board.
Key responsibilities of the Company Secretary include:
•	 finalising the agenda for each Board and Committee 
meeting in conjunction with the respective Chairman;
•	 ensuring the timely completion and circulation of board 
and committee papers ahead of scheduled meetings;
•	 collation of the Board meeting minutes, capturing key 
discussion points and resolutions for review and approval 
at the next Board meeting;
•	 advising the Board of relevant statutory matters and 
ensuring compliance of the same;
•	 maintaining a record of Directors’ dealings in securities, 
declarations of interests and potential conflicts; and
•	 assisting with arranging Director induction and 
professional development.
The Company Secretary plays a pivotal role in carrying 
out the administrative function of the Board and is one 
of the Board’s main liaison with Management and 
external stakeholders.
3 7
3 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

Meetings and Attendance
During 2024, four Committees of the Board, with functions and powers governed by their respective charters, were 
in operation. These Committees were the Board Audit and Compliance Committee (BACC), Board Risk Committee (BRC), 
the Remuneration and Nominations Committee (RNC) and the Disclosure Committee (DC).
Scheduled meetings of the Board are held at least seven times a year and the Board meets on other occasions as necessary 
to deal with matters requiring attention. Meetings of the Committees are scheduled regularly during the year, aligning 
with Board meeting dates. Where possible, the Board rotates its meetings between locations both in Papua New Guinea 
and the Pacific Markets. On these occasions, the Board also visits company operations and meets with local management 
and key customers.
The Chair, in consultation with the GCEO and Company Secretary, determines meeting agendas. Broad ranging discussion 
on all agenda items is encouraged with healthy debate seen as vital to the decision making process. Meeting processes 
are specified in the Board Charter.1
Membership and attendance records at Board and Committee meetings during 2024 are detailed below, while remuneration 
details are provided in the 2024 Annual Report under Financial Note 36 – Directors and Executive Remuneration.
Directors
Board
BACC
BRC
RNC
Robert Bradshaw
7/7
–
–
–
Mark Robinson
7/7
–
–
–
Arthur Sam
1/1
1/1
1/1
–
Stuart Davis
7/7
6/6
6/6
–
Frank Bouraga 
7/7
6/6
2/2
–
Symon Brewis-Weston
7/7
–
6/6
7/7
Priscilla Kevin
7/7
–
6/6
–
Ian Tarutia
7/7
5/6
–
–
Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi
7/7
–
–
7/7
Patricia Taureka-Seruvatu
7/7
6/6
–
6/7
Stephen Beach
5/5
4/4
4/4
–
Independent Committee Members (ICM)2
Vele Rupa
1/1
–
–
–
Serena Sasingian
–
–
6/6
–
Paul Morgan
–
1/1
–
–
The Disclosure Committee comprises of the Chair, GCEO, Group Chief Financial Officer (GCFO), Group Chief Risk Officer 
(GCRO) and Company Secretary. It is not required to meet regularly but meets as and when required to review and approve 
any public disclosures to comply with the respective Listing Rules of both PNGX and the ASX.
Committee members are chosen for the skills, experience and other qualities they bring to the respective Committees. 
Membership is reviewed annually by the Board as part of the Board’s annual performance review.
Except for the Disclosure Committee, the Chair is not a member of any other Committee.
At the next Board meeting following each Committee meeting, the Chairs of the respective Committees gives the 
Committee’s report to the Board.
1.	 The Board Charter is available at bsp-com-pg-agfud6dwcvh6hae9.a01.azurefd.net/uploads/2025/03/Board-Charter.pdf
2.	 Vele Rupa and Paul Morgan’s tenure ended in March 2024. Serena Sasingian is the only ICM as at 31 December 2024.
B O A R D  C O M M I T T E E S
Board Audit and Compliance Committee (BACC)
The BACC assists the Board to discharge its responsibilities 
of oversight and governance in relation to financial, audit 
and compliance matters. The responsibilities of the BACC 
include monitoring:
•	 the integrity of BSP’s financial statements and their 
independent audit;
•	 the financial reporting principles and policies, 
controls and procedures;
•	 BSP’s internal audit process;
•	 the effectiveness of internal controls;
•	 the controls and effectiveness of BSP’s compliance 
obligations;
•	 the systems for ensuring operational efficiency 
and cost control;
•	 the systems for approval and monitoring of expenditure 
including capital expenditure; and
•	 the processes for monitoring compliance with laws and 
regulations (both in PNG and in overseas jurisdictions, 
where BSP operates) and the implementation of Board 
decisions by management.
Membership of the BACC is formed amongst the 
Non‑Executive Directors, excluding the Chair. The BACC 
must have a minimum of three Non‑Executive Directors, 
the majority of whom must be independent. The Board 
may also appoint to the BACC additional individuals who 
are not executives or members of the Board who have 
specialised skills to assist the BACC. The chair of the 
BACC must be an appropriately experienced independent 
Non‑Executive Director, other than the Chair (or other 
Board committee chair).
The BACC must meet at least four times annually and 
special meetings may be convened as required. Minutes 
of all BACC meetings must be recorded and tabled at the 
subsequent BACC meeting. The BACC regularly reports to 
the Board at the earliest possible Board meeting after each 
BACC meeting about any matters that should be brought 
to the attention of the Board and any recommendations 
requiring Board action.
Board Risk Committee (BRC)
The BRC assists the Board to discharge its responsibilities of 
oversight and governance in relation to the implementation 
of BSP’s risk management framework. The responsibilities 
of the BRC are to:
•	 review and monitor the principles, policies, strategies, 
processes and control frameworks for the management 
of risk (such as credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, 
operational risk, cyber security, reputational risk and 
other risks that may arise); and
•	 oversee BSP’s risk profile and risk management strategy, 
and recommend BSP’s risk appetite statement.
Membership of the BRC is formed amongst the 
Non‑Executive Directors, excluding the Chair. The BRC 
must have a minimum of three Non‑Executive Directors, 
the majority of whom must be independent. The Board 
may also appoint to the BRC additional individuals who 
are not executives or members of the Board who have 
specialised skills to assist the BRC. The chair of the BRC 
must be an appropriately experienced independent 
Non‑Executive Director, other than the Chair (or other 
Board committee chair).
The BRC must meet at least four times annually and 
special meetings may be convened as required. Minutes 
of all BRC meetings must be recorded and tabled at the 
subsequent BRC meeting. The BRC regularly reports to the 
Board at the earliest possible Board meeting after each 
BRC meeting about any matters that should be brought 
to the attention of the Board and any recommendations 
requiring Board action.
3 9
3 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee (RNC)
The RNC assists BSP in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities 
regarding the remuneration, succession and recruitment 
of Directors, Executives and other BSP employees. 
The responsibilities of the RNC are:
•	 to oversee the selection and appointment of the GCEO, 
and setting an appropriate remuneration and benefits 
package for recommendation to the full Board;
•	 to determine and review appropriate remuneration 
and benefits of Directors for recommendation to the 
full Board, and subsequently to the Shareholders;
•	 in conjunction with the GCEO, to identify and maintain 
a clear succession plan for the Executive Management 
Team, ensuring an appropriate mix of skills and 
experience as well as appropriate remuneration and 
benefits packages are in place and reviewed regularly;
•	 to ensure that the Board itself maintains an appropriate 
mix of skills and experience necessary to fulfil its 
responsibilities to shareholders while maintaining 
a world class Corporate Governance regime; and
•	 Board succession planning and recommendation 
to the Board for appointment of new directors.
The RNC is comprised of four Non‑Executive Directors. 
The chair of the Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee must be one of the independent Directors, 
other than the Chair of the Board.
The RNC must meet at least once annually and special 
meetings may be convened as required. Minutes of 
all RNC meetings must be recorded and tabled at the 
subsequent RNC meeting. The RNC regularly reports to 
the Board at the earliest possible Board meeting after each 
RNC meeting about any matters that should be brought 
to the attention of the Board and any recommendations 
requiring Board action.
Disclosure Committee (DC)
Established by the Board, the DC comprises of the Chair 
(or in his/her absence, another Non‑Executive Director), 
the GCEO, the GCFO, the GCRO and the Company 
Secretary. The chair of the Disclosure Committee is the 
most senior Director present. The members of the DC 
may vary from time to time but will consist of at least 
a Non‑Executive Director, two Executive Employees 
(not including the Company Secretary) and the 
Company Secretary.
The Disclosure Committee is responsible for, 
among other things:
•	 approving the release of any announcement to PNGX 
and ASX other than:
•	 an announcement that relates to a matter which is both 
material and strategically important, which will require 
approval by the Board; or
•	 procedural matters such as notice of changes to equity 
securities or directors’ holdings, which will require 
approval by the Disclosure Officer;
•	 considering whether BSP is obliged or is required to 
respond to a market rumour or media speculation; and
•	 overseeing the Disclosure Officer’s administration of the 
Continuous Disclosure Policy.
Unlike other Committees, the DC is not required to have 
scheduled meetings throughout the year but meets 
regularly whenever a market disclosure is required.
Board Skills Matrix
BSP has in place a Board skills matrix that was developed 
following a Board assessment undertaken in 2019.1 Skills 
that form part of this matrix include Risk Management, 
Regulatory/Government Policy, Business and Financial 
acumen, experience as a Non‑Executive Director, 
Remuneration and Corporate Governance.
Since 2019, subsequent appointments to fill vacancies 
have been made giving regard to this matrix. In doing so, 
the Board ensures it has a broad range of skills, experience 
and expertise that enables it to meet its objectives. The 
Board accepts that it has a responsibility to Shareholders 
to ensure that it maintains an appropriate mix of skills and 
experience (without gender bias) within its membership.
1.	 The Board Skills Matrix was under review during 2024, and has now been revised. The revised Board Skills Matrix will be used for Board 
reviews moving forward. 
B O A R D  C O M M I T T E E S  C O N T I N U E D
Director Appointment, 
Election and Re‑election
Under the Constitution, at each Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) one-third of BSP’s Directors, in addition to any 
Director appointed during the year and excluding the GCEO, 
must offer themselves for re-election by the Shareholders.
A Director is normally appointed for an initial term 
of three years and at the end of the term, the Director 
becomes eligible for reappointment by the Shareholders 
for a further term of three years and, if not reappointed, 
retires automatically. A Director is normally not permitted 
to hold office for a period exceeding three terms of three 
years or nine years, whichever is the lesser.
In accordance with the Constitution and BSP’s Fit & 
Proper Policy, the Board gives careful consideration to 
setting the criteria for new Director appointments. These 
appointments are then recommended to Shareholders. 
The Board has delegated the initial screening process 
involved to the RNC, which in accordance with the RNC 
Charter, may seek independent advice on possible new 
candidates for Directorships. All Directors must be satisfied 
that the best candidate has been selected.
BSP undertakes appropriate checks before appointing 
a person as a Director or offering them to Shareholders as 
a candidate for election. BSP has appropriate procedures in 
place to ensure material information relevant to a decision 
to elect or re-elect a Director is disclosed in notices of 
meeting provided to Shareholders. This includes a brief 
background of the Director and details of any other material 
directorships the Director may have.
For initial election, BSP provides a statement that the 
Director has satisfied the ‘fit and proper person’ assessment 
by BPNG. For re-election, a statement concerning the term 
of the office currently served by the Director is included. 
If the Board considers a Director to be independent, it states 
so in its recommendation in the Notice of Meeting.
Nominees of the Board and/or Shareholders must meet 
the ‘fit and proper person’ criteria outlined in BPNG 
Banking Prudential Standard BPS310: Fit and Proper 
Requirements before they can take their place on the 
Board. This includes an assessment of the person’s:
•	 Honesty, integrity reputation, good character 
and fairness;
•	 Education, competence, capacity, capability; and
•	 Financial soundness.
The Board has undertaken a renewal and succession 
planning process in recent years with the aim of 
maintaining a proactive and effective Board in line 
with the directions of the BSP Group.
Director Induction and 
Professional Development
BSP has a program for inducting new Directors 
and providing appropriate professional development 
opportunities for Directors that are managed by the RNC.
Upon joining the Board, new Directors are provided 
with a Letter of Appointment setting out the terms 
of the appointment, and undertake a comprehensive 
induction program. The Letter of Appointment sets 
out the conditions of appointment, including term and 
remuneration and the expectations and obligations of the 
role. The induction program includes familiarisation with 
key corporate governance policies; one-on-one meetings 
with the Board Chair, respective Committee Chairs, other 
Directors and Senior Management to help new Directors 
develop an understanding of BSP’s business, strategy, 
history, and culture.
Director development is encouraged by the Board 
as part of its efforts to remain robust and cognisant. 
Whilst Directors are encouraged to identify and advise 
of courses that are of interest, the RNC provides regular 
updates to the Board on available director development 
options. Should a Director wish to undertake a particular 
course as part of his/her development, BSP covers the 
associated costs. Director development sessions are also 
held regularly and scheduled with Committee meetings.
New Directors are encouraged to undertake the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors’ Effective Directors course.
R E M U N E R A T I O N
41
4 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

Review of Board Performance
BSP has a process for periodically evaluating the 
performance of the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors.
This review is done annually with oversight from the RNC 
and is a process by which the Board regularly assesses 
its own performance in meeting its responsibilities. 
It also includes an assessment of the contribution of each 
individual Director. The Board is aware of the need:
a)		
to continually identify areas for improvement;
b)	
to ensure that it meets the highest standards 
of corporate governance; and
c)		
for the Board and each Director to make an 
appropriate contribution to the Group’s objective 
of providing value to all its stakeholders.
This performance review is facilitated by an 
external consultant.
Executive and Senior Management
BSP’s Executive and Senior Management enter into 
employment contracts with BSP which set out key 
information such as their terms of employment, 
position, duties, reporting lines, remuneration, 
and termination arrangements.
The Board with the assistance of the RNC, sets the 
performance targets for the GCEO and other members 
of Executive and Senior Management under BSP’s 
employee incentive arrangements set out in their 
respective employment contracts. Summarised 
details of these employee incentive arrangements 
are presented in pages 50–57 of BSP’s 2024 Annual 
Report. These incentive arrangements are administered 
by the RNC, with performance against the relevant 
targets assessed periodically throughout the year and 
a formal evaluation is undertaken annually with the 
last assessment undertaken in 2024.
Gender Diversity
As at 31 December 2024, BSP currently has ten directors, 
three of whom are women consistent with ASX 
Recommendation 1.5, to have at least 30% of its board 
comprising female directors.
A summary of the gender spread within BSP as at 
31 December 2024 is set out below:
Category
Female
Male
Total 
Board Members
3
7
10
Group Executive Management1
4
9
13
Senior Management2
185
195
380
Middle Management
330
271
601
Non-Management
1,830
1,789
3,619
Grand Total (excluding Board)
2,349
2,264
4,613
The Board remains committed in promoting gender 
diversity across all levels of the Company and a copy 
of BSP’s Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy is available 
on the Company’s website.3
A Balanced Approach
BSP believes in the fair remuneration of all its employees 
from Directors through to Management and Staff. 
As its Executive and Senior Management teams are 
responsible for driving the Company’s vision, reporting 
to the Board and ensuring operational excellence, 
competitive remuneration packages are used to retain 
and attract the best talent available.
Remuneration for Non‑Executive Directors is 
assessed giving regard to a number of factors including 
the current fee cap and performance and contribution 
of each individual Non‑Executive Director, with all these 
benchmarked against that of similar industry participants.
The Remuneration Report in pages 50–57 of the 
2024 Annual Report, gives a summary of the remuneration 
policy adopted by BSP.
1.	 Group Executive Management in this case refers to all of the GCEO’s direct reports (excluding his Executive Assistant and Chief of Staff). 
This includes General Managers of each of BSP’s Strategic Business Units and the Managing Director of BSP Life Fiji.
2.	 Senior Management in this case refers to all Heads of Business Units and direct reports of those identified as Executive Management.
3.	 The Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Policy is available at bsp-com-pg-agfud6dwcvh6hae9.a01.azurefd.net/uploads/2025/03/Group-
Equality-Diversity-Inclusion-Policy.pdf
R E M U N E R A T I O N  C O N T I N U E D
Approach to Risk Management
The Group’s risk management activities are aligned 
to the achievement of the Group’s objectives, goals and 
strategy. In consultation with the Executive Committee, 
the Board determines BSP’s risk appetite and risk tolerance, 
which is reflected in the Group Risk Appetite Statement. 
These benchmarks are used in the risk identification, 
analysis and risk evaluation processes.
The Board has delegated to the BRC the responsibility 
for annually reviewing BSP’s risk management framework. 
This framework requires ongoing risk identification and 
management across all areas and functions within the 
Group. It is a requirement that the Executive Committee 
annually review the top Group enterprise wide risks 
and present the report and remediation plan to BRC 
for recommendation to the Board for approval. This 
review allows the Group to reassess the top inherent 
risks in the business and provides Senior Management 
the opportunity to review processes to ensure adequate 
controls and resources are in place to manage these risks. 
It also provides the Board a high-level view of the risks 
threatening the business objectives of BSP Group.
Risk Management Roles and Responsibilities
The overall responsibility for risk management lies with 
the Board and it accepts responsibility for ensuring it has 
a clear understanding of the types of risks inherent in the 
Group’s activities.
BSP implements a formal system of financial and 
operational delegation from the Board to the GCEO and 
from the GCEO to General Managers. These delegations 
reflect the Group’s risk appetite and cascade down 
to managers who have skills and experience to exercise 
them judiciously.
The Board defines the accountabilities (including 
delegated approval/control authorities/limits) and 
reporting/monitoring requirements for the risk 
management process. The severity of risks identified 
in the risk identification, analysis and evaluation processes, 
and noted in the risk registers, determines the approval/
control authorities/limits. The Board undertakes an annual 
review of the Group’s Enterprise Wide Risks.
The Board has adopted guidelines with the help of 
management analysis, covering the maximum loss 
exposure the Group is able and willing to assume. 
These guidelines are detailed in the Group’s Risk Appetite 
Statement and Risk Policy and Procedures Manual, which 
have been approved by the Board. The Board has also 
delegated to the BRC responsibility for overview of loss 
control and for overseeing the risk management function.
The BRC is responsible for receiving reports and 
providing regular updates and recommendations to the 
Board on the risk management activities of the Group, 
especially relating to risk issues that are outside of the 
authority of the Group’s Executive Committee and other 
delegated Committees to approve.
Group Environmental, Social 
& Governance (ESG) Policy
In 2024, BSP established an ESG Steering Committee to 
oversee the implementation of its ESG program across the 
Group. The Group ESG Policy was adopted by the Board 
and the following Material ESG Topics were adopted:
•	 Financial Health
•	 Gender Based Violence
•	 Workforce Capability
•	 ESG Corporate Governance
•	 Climate Vulnerability
BSP’s Sustainability Report on pages 16–23 of the 2024 
Annual Report has more information on BSP’s compliance 
with the Environmental and Social Reporting obligations 
pursuant to Standards 15, 16 and 17 of the PNGX Corporate 
Governance Code.
R I S K  M A N A G E M E N T  A N D  C O M P L I A N C E
4 3
4 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

Financial Statements and Corporate Reports
The BACC reviews the half-year and full-year financial 
statements to determine whether they are complete and 
consistent with the information known to Committee 
members and to assess whether the financial statements 
reflect appropriate accounting principles. In particular it:
•	 pays attention to complex and/or unusual transactions;
•	 focuses on judgemental areas, for example those 
involving valuation of assets and liabilities, provisions, 
litigation reserves and other commitments and 
contingencies;
•	 meets with management and the external auditors 
to review the financial statements and the results 
of the audit; and
•	 satisfies itself as to the accuracy of the financial accounts 
and signs off on the financial accounts of BSP before they 
are submitted to the Board.
BSP does not release its half-year accounts unless they 
have been reviewed by its external auditors. The full-year 
financial statements are not released unless they have been 
audited by the external auditors and approved by both the 
BACC and the Board.
All other market announcements and corporate reports are 
reviewed and approved by the Disclosure Committee (DC) 
prior to lodgement with the respective stock exchanges.
Management Assurance
The Board is provided with regular reports about BSP’s 
financial condition and operating performance. Annually, 
the GCEO and the GCFO certify to the Board that:
•	 in their opinion, the financial records of the Group have 
been properly maintained;
•	 in their opinion, the financial statements comply with 
the appropriate accounting standards and give a true 
and fair view of the financial position and performance 
of BSP; and
•	 their opinions above have been formed on the basis of 
a sound system of risk management and internal control 
applying to BSP, which is operating effectively.
Additionally all General Managers and Country Heads 
provide monthly reports regarding the following:
•	 assessment and documentation of the risks and 
internal control procedures in the respective Strategic 
Business Units;
•	 any changes in business, operations and computer 
systems and the risks that may arise from those changes 
have been identified;
•	 appropriateness and operating efficiency of the 
risk management and internal compliance and 
control systems; and
•	 identification and remedial action (if required) of any 
weaknesses in the risk management and internal 
compliance and control systems;
Board Access to Information and Advice
All Directors have unrestricted access to company records 
and information and receive regular detailed financial and 
operational reports to enable them to carry out their duties.
The Chair and the other Non‑Executive Directors have the 
opportunity to meet with the GCEO, General Managers, 
Heads of Subsidiaries and Country Managers for further 
consultation and to discuss issues associated with the 
fulfilment of their roles as Directors.
The Board recognises that in certain circumstances, 
individual Directors may need to seek independent 
professional advice, at the expense of BSP, on matters 
arising in the course of their duties. Any advice so received 
is made available to other Directors.
A S S U R A N C E  A N D  C O N T R O L
External Audit
The BACC is responsible for making recommendations 
to the Board on appointment and terms of engagement 
of BSP’s external auditors. The selection is made from 
appropriately qualified auditors in accordance with 
Board policy.
The Board submits the name of the external auditors to 
Shareholders for ratification on an annual basis. In line with 
BPNG Prudential Standard 7/2005 – External Auditors, the 
signing partner in the external audit firm must be rotated 
every five years.
The BACC reviews annually the performance of the external 
auditors and where appropriate, makes recommendations 
to the Board regarding the continuation or otherwise 
of their appointment, consistent with the Prudential 
Standards while ensuring their independence is in line 
with Board policy.
There is a review of the external auditor’s proposed audit 
scope and approach, to ensure there are no unjustified 
restrictions. Meetings are held separately with the external 
auditors to discuss any matters that the BACC or the 
external auditors believe should be discussed privately. 
The external auditor attends meetings of the BACC at 
which the external audit, half yearly and annual reviews 
are agenda items.
The BACC ensures that significant findings and 
recommendations made by the external auditors are 
promptly received and discussed, and that Management 
responds to recommendations by the external auditors 
in a timely manner.
The duly appointed external audit firm may not be engaged 
by BSP to provide specialist advisory or consultancy 
services while also being engaged for services to conduct 
BSP’s annual audit and related services. Services related 
to the preparation of BSP’s corporate tax return are not 
prohibited. The external auditor is invited to the Annual 
General Meeting of Shareholders and is available to answer 
relevant questions from Shareholders. BSP’s external 
audit firm is currently PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). 
Representatives of PwC will attend the next Annual 
General Meeting in May 2025 and be available to answer 
Shareholder questions regarding the audit.
Internal Audit
BSP has an internal audit function. The BACC approves 
the appointment of the Head of Internal Audit, who 
functionally reports to the BACC, upon Management’s 
recommendation.
The scope of work carried out by the Internal Audit function 
stems from the annual Internal Audit Plan, which the BACC 
reviews and approves. Reviews are undertaken of the 
scope of the work of the internal audit function to ensure 
no unjustified restrictions or limitations have been placed 
upon the Internal Audit Business Unit.
The BACC meets separately with the internal auditors 
to discuss any matters that the BACC, or the internal 
auditors, believe should be discussed privately. The Head 
of Internal Audit has direct access to the BACC and to the 
full Board. The BACC ensures that significant findings 
and recommendations made by the internal auditors are 
received and discussed promptly, and that Management 
responds to recommendations by the internal auditors 
on a timely basis.
Compliance
The BACC reviews the effectiveness of BSP’s systems 
for monitoring compliance with all legal and regulatory 
obligations, including AML obligations, in all the 
jurisdictions within which BSP operates. It also reviews 
the results of Management’s investigations into fraudulent 
activity and compliance breaches.
The BACC obtains regular updates from Management 
regarding compliance matters, and satisfies itself that 
all regulatory compliance matters have been considered 
in the preparation of the financial statements.
The Committee also undertakes reviews of findings from 
any examinations undertaken by regulatory agencies. 
The Chair of the BACC has the right to approach a regulator 
directly in the event of a prudential issue arising.
The Bank and the Group, to the best of the Director’s 
knowledge, has not engaged in any activities which 
materially contravene laws and regulations in 
relevant jurisdictions.
4 5
4 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

Core Values
BSP’s comprehensive corporate governance framework 
is underpinned by its core values:
•	 We Care – We respect, value and empower each other, 
our customers, stakeholders, and communities we 
serve, embracing diversity and fostering resilience 
in everything we do.
•	 We Aspire – We strive for excellence and continuous 
improvement in everything we do, being committed 
to honesty, accountability and integrity.
•	 We Grow – We work as a team with and for the 
wellbeing and prosperity of each other, our customers, 
stakeholders, and communities we serve, progressing 
and thriving together.
This is encompassed in the Group’s Statement of Vision, 
Mission and Values, which is approved by the Board 
and acts as a guide for all employees in the day-to-day 
performance of their individual functions within the Group.
Code of Conduct
BSP requires Directors and employees at all levels to 
observe the highest standards of ethical behaviour when 
undertaking business. To this end, the Board has adopted 
a Group-wide Code of Conduct for Directors, Management 
and all Staff whilst further stipulating that each Director 
comply with the Code. To ensure the ongoing maintenance 
of high standards of corporate behaviour, the Board 
encourages Senior Management to periodically issue 
staff communications to reinforce both the Code and 
Core Values Statements.
All Directors are encouraged to maintain membership 
of an appropriate Directors’ Association to keep abreast 
of current trends in Directors’ duties, responsibilities 
and corporate governance issues. Training on the 
Code is carried out annually across the Group and 
all Directors, Management and Staff are required 
to submit declarations attesting full understanding 
of and compliance with the Code.
Reports of breaches of the Code are regularly provided 
to Senior Management and noted at Board Risk 
Committee (BRC) meetings.
C U LT U R E  A N D  C O N D U C T
Whistleblowing
BSP is committed to a culture in which it is safe and 
acceptable for employees, customers and suppliers 
to raise concerns about poor or unacceptable practices, 
irregularities, corruption, fraud and misconduct. The 
Group has adopted a Fraud and Whistleblower Policy 
that is designed to support and encourage staff to report 
in good faith matters such as:
•	 unacceptable practices;
•	 irregularities or conduct which is an offence or 
a breach of laws of the countries in which BSP operates 
in (actions and decisions against the laws of relevant 
countries including non-compliance);
•	 corruption;
•	 fraud;
•	 misrepresentation of facts;
•	 decisions made and actions taken outside 
established BSP policies and procedures;
•	 sexual harassment;
•	 abuse of delegated authorities; and
•	 misuse of Group assets.
Similar to the Code of Conduct, breaches or material 
incidents reported under the Fraud and Whistleblower 
Policy are reported during BRC meetings.
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption
BSP has a zero tolerance approach to bribery and 
corruption and this is reinforced by its Anti-Bribery and 
Anti-Corruption Policies. BSP recognises that acts of 
bribery and corruption are detrimental to the growth and 
prosperity of our business, the individuals and organisations 
we affiliate with and the communities that we operate 
in. As a business, BSP is mindful of the consequences 
of bribery and corruption, which may result in both 
financial and reputational loss alongside imposition 
of regulatory sanctions.
Compliance with the policies by Management and 
Staff remains closely monitored with regular updates 
to Management and the BACC on breaches and material 
incidents reported under the policies.
Restrictions on trading
Group Directors and Management are subject to trading 
restrictions set out in the Papua New Guinea Capital 
Market Act 2015 for buying, selling or subscribing for 
securities in the Group if they are in possession of inside 
information. This includes information which is not 
generally available, and, if it were generally available, 
a reasonable person would expect it to have a material 
effect on the price or value of BSP securities.
Directors and Management may only trade in the securities 
of the Group, subject to the foregoing insider trading 
restrictions, during each of the trading windows specified 
in BSP’s Securities Dealing Policy. Senior Management and 
other restricted persons are required to obtain approval from 
the GCEO ahead of trading, who in turn will keep the Chair of 
the Board appraised of management activities. Directors are 
also subject to similar restrictions and must seek approval 
from the Chair prior to conducting any trades. Other actions 
such as hedging, margin lending and speculative short term 
trading are also prohibited under the policy.
 
47
4 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

BSP’s continuous disclosure regime set by its 
Continuous Disclosure Policy1 is fundamental to the 
rights of Shareholders to receive information concerning 
their securities. An important aspect of BSP’s approach 
to shareholder communication is to comply with the 
continuous disclosure regime and to implement a best 
practice disclosure policy.
The Board has delegated the responsibility of reviewing 
and approving market announcements to the Disclosure 
Committee (DC). The Disclosure Committee has a process 
for review and approval of market announcements to the 
respective exchanges for release to market.
After confirmation of release to the market, all market 
announcements are immediately posted to BSP’s website. 
As at 31 December 2024, all market announcements made 
by BSP since 2018 are currently available on the website.2 
Where BSP provides financial results’ briefings to analysts 
or the media, these briefings are published on the BSP 
website as soon as possible after the event. In any event, 
no material information, which has not been previously 
released to the market, is covered in such briefings. 
The material upon which the briefing is based (such as 
slides or presentations) is released to the market prior 
to the briefing.
BSP’s insider trading rules are important adjuncts 
to the continuous disclosure regime in ensuring that 
Shareholders are given fair access to material information 
regarding securities. BSP seeks to limit the opportunity for 
insider trading in its own securities through its Securities 
Dealing Policy.3 
BSP commits to dealing fairly, transparently and openly 
with both current and prospective Shareholders using 
available channels and technologies to communicate 
widely and promptly. Information about the Company 
including an overview, our history, Board and Management 
are available on the website. Our website also contains 
information on corporate governance including all of 
BSP’s charters and policies.
BSP is dedicated to facilitating participation in Shareholder 
meetings and dealing promptly with shareholder enquiries. 
Our Shareholder Communications Policy focuses on 
compliance with disclosure obligations, whilst aspiring 
to be at the forefront of best practice in disclosure. 
Our approach for communicating with Shareholders 
is to communicate concisely and accurately:
•	 the BSP strategy;
•	 how we implement that strategy; and
•	 the financial results consequent upon our strategy 
and its implementation.
To facilitate effective communication between BSP, 
its shareholders, potential investors, analysts and other 
financial markets participants, BSP conducts periodic 
market briefings which include half and full year results 
announcements. BSP also hosts events and attends 
conferences and forums regularly. Stakeholders are 
given access to BSP Directors and Senior Management 
at these events and any presentation material provided 
at these events are released as announcements to the 
market prior to commencement and subsequently 
uploaded to BSP’s website.
The Company’s Annual General Meeting is another 
shareholder forum used to communicate financial 
performance and strategies, in line with disclosure policies. 
BSP gives great consideration to its shareholders, and 
hosts its Annual General Meeting at a central location that 
is accessible and can cater for large audiences. Significant 
effort is made to ensure shareholders can participate and 
a meeting guide with sufficient information on how to join, 
vote and participate accompanies the notice of meeting.
It is noted that the thresholds at which shareholders 
may demand a poll are low and provide assurance 
to shareholders wishing to invoke the “one security one 
vote” principle and wishing to have substantial resolutions 
decided by a poll.
BSP gives Shareholders the option to send and receive 
communications from BSP and its share registries 
electronically. In recent years, we have increased efforts 
to go paperless and continue to encourage shareholders 
to provide email addresses by which they can receive 
digital copies of all shareholder communications.
C O N T I N U O U S  D I S C L O S U R E
1.	 The Continuous Disclosure Policy is available at bsp-com-pg-agfud6dwcvh6hae9.a01.azurefd.net/uploads/2025/03/Continuous-
Disclosure-Policy.pdf
2.	 Market announcements are available at bsp.com.pg/about/investors/market-announcements/
3.	 The Securities Dealing Policy is available at bsp-com-pg-agfud6dwcvh6hae9.a01.azurefd.net/uploads/2025/03/Securities-Dealing-Policy.pdf
C O M M I T M E N T  T O  S H A R E H O L D E R S
This statement has been approved by the Board of BSP 
Financial Group Limited and is current as at 31 December 
2024. BSP’s Appendix 4G (a checklist that cross references 
the disclosures in this Statement to the ASX Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations) is available 
in the Corporate Governance section of the BSP website.
Before publication of BSP’s 2024 Annual Report, the 
Board received a joint declaration from the GCEO and 
the GCFO that:
•	 In their opinion the financial records of BSP have been 
properly maintained in accordance with regulatory 
requirements; and
•	 In their opinion the financial statements and notes 
comply with the appropriate accounting standards and 
give a true and fair view of the financial position and 
performance of the Group.
Their opinion was formed based on a sound system 
of risk management and internal controls, which 
is operating effectively.
BSP does not comply with ASX Recommendation 6.4 
because to do so would be contrary to the requirements of 
the PNG Companies Act 1997. The PNG Companies Act 1997 
provides, in summary as follows:
•	 Section 105 and Schedule 2 of the Companies Act 1997 
requires voting at a meeting of shareholders to be by 
voice or show of hands (as determined by the Chairman), 
unless a poll is demanded;
•	 A poll may be determined at a meeting of shareholders 
by not less than five shareholders entitled to vote at the 
meeting or by shareholders representing not less than 
10% of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled 
to vote at the meeting.
C O M P L I A N C E  W I T H  A S X  A N D  P N G X 
C O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E  R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S
4 9
4 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   C O R P O R AT E  G O V E R N A N C E

For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
R E M U N E R A T I O N  R E P O R T
1.0  Introduction
The aim of the Remuneration Report is to provide details that 
the Board believes are essential for shareholders to understand 
BSP Financial Group Limited’s remuneration framework. This is 
intended to deliver specific operating financial and non-financial 
outcomes. There is no statutory requirement for Remuneration 
Reporting under International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) and as a PNG incorporated entity, BSP is not required 
to have this remuneration report audited.
2.0  Message from the Remuneration and Nominations Committee Chairman
I am delighted to present the 2024 Remuneration Report 
for BSP Financial Group Limited (BSP) on behalf of the 
Remuneration and Nominations Committee (RNC) and 
the Board.
The Report focuses on the remuneration structure and 
outcomes for our Key Management Personnel (KMP) for 
BSP, which includes Non-Executive Directors and Group 
Executives. Group Executives are BSP employees who have 
the authority and responsibility to plan, direct, and oversee 
BSP’s operations.
Our Remuneration Strategy
At BSP, we view our people as our most important asset. 
The objective of our remuneration strategy is to ensure 
that we can attract and retain talented employees by 
offering market competitive remuneration, with variable 
remuneration outcomes aligned with the financial 
performance of BSP. Section 4 of this Report provides 
a detailed overview of our fixed and variable remuneration 
structure, including any additional benefits.
Governance is a fundamental part of our remuneration 
culture, with the Board approving any executive 
remuneration packages that are endorsed by the RNC 
in accordance within BSP remuneration guidelines. 
Further information on our governance framework 
can be found in Section 7 of this Report.
BSP’s Non-Executive Directors are remunerated on a fixed 
basis within an aggregate Directors’ fee pool. Directors are 
not paid any retirement or superannuation benefits, nor 
do they participate in any employee incentive schemes 
or share option plans. Further information on our approach 
to Non-Executive Director remuneration can be found 
in Section 8 of this Report.
Short Term Incentive (STI) Outcomes in 2024
All BSP Group employees are eligible to receive 
performance-based short-term incentives in line with 
approved comprehensive operational and financial key 
performance indicators (KPIs) of the STI, plan as outlined 
in Section 5.1 of this Report. 
Long Term Incentive (LTI) Outcomes in FY2024
For the 2023–2024 LTI, the Earnings per Share (EPS) 
performance measure was not met. Assessment of the 
LTI targets excluded the K95m settlement with the Internal 
Revenue Commission (IRC) in relation to the Additional 
Company Tax (ACT) levied in 2022. This is consistent 
with the exclusion of the ACT of K190 million levied in 
2022 in calculating the EPS performance in 2022 for the 
2021–22 LTI. The Board however exercised its discretion 
and approved vesting at 100% for the 2023–2024 plan in 
acknowledgement of the strong operating performance 
of the Bank in 2024, including the execution of the 
Modernising for Growth program. 
Further details about the LTI plan structure, including 
payment outcomes for KMP roles can be found in 
Section 5.2 of this report.
I hope you find this Remuneration Report informative. 
On behalf of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
I would also like to thank you for your support as 
a BSP shareholder.
Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi
Chair BSP Board Remuneration 
and Nominations Committee
3.0  Key Management Personnel
In 2024, KMP comprised the GCEO, Group Executives and Non-Executive Directors as set out in the table below. 
KMP is defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities 
of an entity, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of that entity. 
In August 2024, BSP undertook a reorganisation to enhance our leadership capability and optimise talent as part 
of career progression to drive innovation and success into the future.
Name
Position
KMP Term
Board Members
Robert George Bradshaw
Chairman
Full year
Symon G. Brewis-Weston
Director
Full year
Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi
Director
Full year
Stuart A. Davis
Director
Full year
Priscilla Kevin
Director
Full year
Frank D. Bouraga
Director
Full year
Patricia F. Taureka-Seruvatu
Director
Full year
Ian A. Tarutia
Director
Full year
Stephen C. Beach1
Director
Part year
Arthur Sam2
Director
Part year
Executives
Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer
Full year
Ronesh Dayal3
Group General Manager Retail Banking
Full year
Nuni Kulu
Group Chief Operating Officer
Full year
Michael Hallinan4
Group Chief Risk Officer
Full year
Peter Beswick5
Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer
Full year
Rohan George
Group General Manager Treasury & Markets
Full year
Hari Rabura6
Group General Manager Corporate Affairs & Community
Full year
Daniel Faunt7
Group General Manager Corporate Banking
Full Year
Vandhna Narayan8
Group Chief Compliance Officer & Company Secretary
Full Year
Richard Nicholls
Group Chief Information Officer
Full year
Maryann Lameko-Vaai9
Acting Group Chief Financial Officer
Full Year
Paul Black10
Group General Manager Pacific Markets
Part year
Laurentia Laracy11
Company Secretary
Part year
1.
Stephen C. Beach, appointed 8 March 2024.
2.
Arthur Sam, resigned 21 February 2024.
3.
Ronesh Dayal, appointed 19 August 2024, having previously served as the Group Chief Financial Officer.
4.
Michael Hallinan, appointed 27 March 2023 contracted to serve as Group Chief Risk Officer.
5.
Peter Beswick, appointed 19 August 2024, having previously served as the Group General Manager Corporate Banking.
6.
Hari Rabura, appointed 19 August 2024, having previously served as the Group General Manager People & Culture.
7.
Daniel Faunt, appointed 19 August 2024, having previously served as the Group General Manager Retail Banking.
8.
Vandhna Narayan, appointed 19 October 2024 as Company Secretary in addition to her role as the Group Chief Compliance Officer.
9.
Maryann Lameko-Vaai, appointed 19 August 2024, having previously served as the General Manager Pacific Markets.
10. Paul Black, appointed 19 August 2024.
11. Laurentia Laracy, appointed 15 May 2024 and resigned 18 October 2024. 
51
5 0
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
R E M U N E R AT I O N  R E P O R T

R E M U N E R A T I O N  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
4.0  Executive Remuneration Framework
BSP’s remuneration policy for Executives is comprised of a fixed component and an at risk component constituting 
a combination of short term and long term incentives. Remuneration packages are reviewed by the RNC and recommended 
for approval by the Board. Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually taking into account the nature of the role, comparable 
market pay levels, and individual and business performance.
Executives who serve as Directors of subsidiaries of BSP receive no fees for their service as a Director.
Executive Remuneration – Non-Statutory Disclosure
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Short-
term
incentive
Value of
benefits
Long-term
incentive
Leave
encash-
ment
Total
Executives
Year
Salary
Mark T Robinson 
Group Chief Executive Officer 
2024
4,316
3,828
44
1,351
–
9,539
2023
3,090
2,686
38
–
–
5,814
Ronesh Dayal 
Group General Manager Retail 
2024
1,616
811
169
487
162
3,245
2023
1,497
354
159
233
–
2,243
Michael Hallinan 
Group Chief Risk Officer 
2024
1,602
413
–
–
–
2,015
2023
1,096
263
–
–
–
1,359
Peter Beswick 
Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer 
2024
1,645
702
115
527
–
2,989
2023
1,361
349
114
233
–
2,057
Rohan George 
Group General Manager 
Treasury & Markets 
2024
1,183
683
59
410
75
2,410
2023
1,250
301
59
196
–
1,806
Hari Rabura 
Group General Manager 
Corporate Affairs & Community 
2024
1,071
215
162
323
71
1,842
2023
1,001
224
164
154
–
1,543
Daniel Faunt 
Group General Manager 
Corporate Banking 
2024
1,616
568
217
487
–
2,888
2023
1,361
303
204
233
–
2,101
Vandhna Narayan 
Group Chief Compliance Officer 
& Company Secretary
2024
1,415
748
33
449
–
2,645
2023
1,127
303
33
202
–
1,665
Richard Nicholls 
Group Chief Information Officer 
2024
1,476
296
226
444
–
2,442
2023
1,219
292
52
213
–
1,776
Nuni Kulu 
Group Chief Operating Officer 
2024
1,301
588
119
392
48
2,448
2023
1,090
286
119
188
–
1,683
Maryann Lameko-Vaai 
Acting Group Chief Financial Officer 
2024
1,271
383
179
383
–
2,216
2023
1,078
303
156
183
–
1,720
Laurentia Laracy 
Company Secretary 
2024
709
–
14
–
46
769
2023
–
–
–
–
–
–
Paul Black 
Group General Manager Pacific Markets
2024
1,226
503
107
378
76
2,290
2023
–
–
–
–
–
–
•	 Remuneration reflected in the table above relates to the period the staff member was in a KMP role. Contracts are in AUD and PGK 
equivalent will vary based on exchange rate.
•	 The Short Term Incentive represents the total award under the 2024 plan with 50% of the award paid in March 2025 and the remaining 
50% deferred for 12 months. 
4.1  Fixed remuneration 
BSP’s fixed remuneration comprises cash salary, salary 
sacrifice for citizen staff, employer superannuation 
contributions for citizen staff and contractual benefits. 
The purpose of fixed pay is to attract and retain employees 
by paying market competitive pay for the role, and for 
skills and experience required by the business. This may 
include salary, fixed pay allowance housing benefits and 
other cash allowances in accordance with local market 
practices. These payments are fixed and do not vary 
with performance.
4.2  Short term incentive 
STIs are incentives that BSP awards to staff at a given 
time of up to one year. BSP refers to the STI as the Annual 
Performance based bonus scheme. The scheme rewards 
employees for performance and is paid in March the 
following year after annual accounts are released.
BSP reviewed its Short Term Incentive structure against 
market practice in the banking sector. As a result of 
the review, effective for the FY24 plan, the maximum 
opportunity as a percentage of base salary increased from 
30% to 50% for Senior Executives. BSP has introduced 
STI deferral whereby 50% of the actual payment made 
is deferred for a period of 12 months. If an executive 
resigns or is terminated for poor performance prior to 
the end of the 12 month period, the deferred component 
is forfeited. If an executive separates for reason of 
redundancy, genuine age related retirement, or Death 
or Total & Permanent Disablement, they will remain 
eligible for the deferral payment.
The incentive is determined by the employees’ individual 
performance and the overall BSP Group performance, 
based on the achievement of Key Performance Indicators 
(KPIs). KPIs include:
i.	 Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) budget,
ii.	 Individual Strategic Business Unit (SBU) performance 
including achieving SBU budget,
iii.	Implementation of critical strategic imperatives,
iv.	 Important SBU performance matrices, and specific 
individual KPIs such as promoting vision and values, 
staff training, customer survey outcomes and staff 
engagement survey feedback.
4.3  Benefits 
These cover accommodation, airfares, motor vehicle, 
school fees, club fees and club memberships based 
on industry wide practice and amounts vary annually 
depending on market rates.
4.4  Long Term Incentive Plan
BSP’s LTI plan is designed to align executive compensation 
to shareholder interests and to reward Executives, Senior 
Managers and high potential employees such as Leadership 
and Management Development Program participants 
for their contribution to long-term financial results that 
drive shareholder value. The LTI assists in the recruitment, 
retention and motivation of Executives, Senior Managers 
and Critical and High Performing employees of the BSP 
Group. The LTI is a two (2) year performance based plan 
which commences on 1 January and ends on 31 December 
of the second year.
BSP reviewed its Long Term Incentive structure against 
market practice in the banking sector. As a result of the 
review, the award as a percentage of base salary for the 
2025 LTI plan increased from 30% to 55% for the GCEO 
and for other senior executives a mix of 30% to 40% 
of fixed remuneration.
Key features of the FY2025 LTI, performance period 
1 January 2024 to 31 December 2025, includes:
i.	 Group Earnings Per Share (EPS) performance determines 
the quantity of Performance Rights that will vest per 
the table below.
ii.	 The vesting period is two years’ based on BSP’s financial 
year cycle. 
iii.	Any Performance Rights that vest are fully settled in cash 
and subject to taxation. The LTI plan does not confer any 
right to a BSP share or dividend for plan participants.
iv.	 The value of each cash based Performance Right 
granted is determined by reference to a volume 
weighted average share price on the PNGX at the 
start of the plan period. Any Performance Rights that 
vest, subject to EPS performance, reflect a volume 
weighted average share price at the end of the 
performance period.
5 3
5 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   R E M U N E R AT I O N  R E P O R T

R E M U N E R A T I O N  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
4.4  Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan  (continued)
Number
Approved
EPS
Hurdles
EPS target to be achieved
Target NPAT
Percentage of Performance 
Rights to exercise
1
107.5%>
As recommended by RNC 
and approved by Board 
each LTIP cycle
As recommended by RNC 
and approved by Board 
each LTIP cycle
150% of Performance rights
2
102.5%>
100% of Performance rights
3
97.5%>
50% of Performance rights
Participants are personally responsible for any income tax liability in respect of payments made under the LTI plan. 
If a participant separates from BSP prior to plan vesting for reasons of Genuine Age Related Retirement, Redundancy, Death 
or Total & Permanent Disablement, any vesting awards would be made after Board approval of the plan outcome, incorporating 
a pro-rata treatment for time employed during the plan performance period. If a participant resigns, or their employment 
is terminated on disciplinary grounds prior to the LTI payment, they are ineligible for any payment under the plan.
4.5  Performance based
Performance based benefits are awarded to employees 
when Key Performance Indicators (KPI) are met. This is 
inclusive of the following:
i.	
Annual Salary Review
In line with the performance bonus rating scale 
above, BSP also conducts annual salary reviews each 
year. Staff salaries are reviewed and adjusted based 
on the performance rating scored in the prior year’s 
performance review and the Consumer Price Index 
rate for respective countries.
ii.	
Staff Loans – National Staff Home Ownership 
Scheme and Unsecured Personal Loans
BSP offers its staff concessional lending rates 
to citizen staff who have satisfactorily completed 
the probation period and have formally been 
appointed permanent employee status.
iii.	
Leadership and Management 
Development Program (LMDP)
BSP LMDP is a three year program derived 
specifically for high potential employees who 
have been identified as possible successors 
to senior and executive management roles. 
Participants are nominated by their SBU GMs 
and approved by the Group CEO.
4.6  Non-performance based
Non-Performance based benefits are not determined 
by the staff member’s performance and are applicable 
to all staff. These benefits include the following:
i.	 Medical Cover for all staff
ii.	 Life Insurance
iii.	Superannuation
iv.	 Specialist allowances for critical roles
4.7  Retention Plan
As part of BSP’s retention strategy, BSP has developed 
a number of initiatives to ensure staff occupying critical 
roles and high potential employees are better rewarded 
in order to retain their services for BSP for the long term. 
These initiatives include:
i.	 Short and Long-Term Incentive Plans
ii.	 Leadership and Management Development 
Program (LMDP)
iii.	National Staff Home Ownership Scheme
5.0  Linking performance and reward 
outcomes – Variable Remuneration
The Group’s policy is to pay any executive STI and LTI 
outcomes subsequent to the full audit of the financial 
statements. Reward outcomes are detailed in Section 5.1 
and 5.2 respectively. 
5.1  Short Term Incentive (STI) Outcomes
The Group’s financial performance is summarised in the 
table below together with its relationship to the aggregate 
amount of Short Term Incentives (STI) paid to Executives. 
This section discloses STI for the various years relative to 
the financial performance for those years. STI outcomes in 
2024 were based on NPAT achievement, in addition to other 
group, divisional and individual performance measures.
5.1  Short Term Incentive (STI) Outcome  (continued)
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
Net Profit After Tax (K’000)
806,218
1,075,218
1,135,5381
1,099,2152
942,1113
Earnings per Share (toea)
172.6
230.1
231.4
235.3
201.6
Cost to income ratio
37.4%
37.5%
38.1%
38.5%
42.5%
The table below shows the STI outcomes for FY24.
Name
Title
STI
Awarded
K’000
STI as %
of Gross
Base
Maximum
STI
K’000
Actual STI
% of
Maximum
STI
Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer
3,828
85%
3,828
100%
Peter Beswick
Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer
702
40%
878
80%
Maryann Lameko-Vaai
Acting Group Chief Financial Officer
383
30%
638
60%
Nuni Kulu
Group Chief Operating Officer
588
45%
653
90%
Ronesh Dayal
Group General Manager Retail
811
50%
811
100%
Vandhna Narayan
Group Chief Compliance Officer
748
50%
748
100%
Rohan George
Group General Manager 
Treasury & Markets
683
50%
683
100%
Hari Rabura
Group General Manager 
Corporate Affairs & Community
215
20%
538
40%
Daniel Faunt
Group General Manager 
Corporate Banking
568
35%
811
70%
Richard Nicholls
Group Chief Information Officer
296
20%
741
40%
Paul Black
Group General Manager 
Pacific Markets
503
40%
629
80%
Michael Hallinan
Group Chief Risk Officer
413
30%
689
60%
5.2  2024 LTI Outcomes
The 2024 LTI reward matrix was approved in November 2022. The plan uses the earnings per share (EPS) as a proxy for 
BSP’s share price as a determinant for achieving long term value for shareholders. Vesting of the LTI rights is subject 
to achievement of the target EPS for 2024, which is calculated using the 2024 Group NPAT budget as the baseline with 
payments based on specified percentages of maximum rights, if 2024 EPS outcome is within the payment band as 
detailed in the table below.
2022 Hurdles on EPS
EPS target to achieve
Target NPAT
K’m
Percentage of 
Performance rights to exercise
107.5%>
252.2
 1,178.3
150%
102.5%>
240.47
1,123.5
100%
97.5%>
228.74
1,068.7
50%
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
LTI vesting (%)
100%
0%
150%
50%
100%
1.	 Underlying NPAT on which STI was assessed, excludes one-off tax credits of K135 million and K190 million Additional Company Tax 
expense. Further, the above excludes K4.0 million credit, reflecting the modified retrospective transition to the new accounting standard 
IFRS 17 (Insurance contracts), which came into effect on 1 January 2023.
2.	 Underlying NPAT on which STI was assessed, excludes a tax expense of K209 million as a consequence of the change in corporate income 
tax rate from 30% to 45%.
3.	 Underlying NPAT on which STI was assessed, excludes of K95 million being the settlement of the additional company tax with the 
government, consistent with the treatment in FY22 when the tax was levied. 
5 5
5 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   R E M U N E R AT I O N  R E P O R T

R E M U N E R A T I O N  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
5.2  2024 LTI Outcomes  (continued)
LTI outcomes were calculated based on Group profits of K942 million1 and EPS was recorded at 201.64 toea, below the 
EPS and NPAT hurdles set by the Board. The Board however exercised its discretion and approved vesting at 100% for the 
2023–2024 plan in acknowledgement of the strong operating performance of the Group in 2024, including the execution of 
the Modernising for Growth program.
The table below shows the LTI outcomes for FY24.
Name
Title
LTI
Awarded
K’000
LTI as %
of Gross
Base
Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer
1,351
30%
Peter Beswick
Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer
527
30%
Maryann Lameko-Vaai
Acting Group Chief Financial Officer
383
30%
Nuni Kulu
Group Chief Operating Officer
392
30%
Ronesh Dayal
Group General Manager Retail
487
30%
Vandhna Narayan
Group Chief Compliance Officer
449
30%
Rohan George
Group General Manager Treasury & Markets
410
30%
Hari Rabura
Group General Manager Corporate Affairs & Community
323
30%
Daniel Faunt
Group General Manager Corporate Banking
487
30%
Richard Nicholls
Group Chief Information Officer
444
30%
Paul Black
Group General Manager Pacific Markets
378
30%
Michael Hallinan
Group Chief Risk Officer
–
–
6.0  Employment Agreements
KMP Contracts
Contracts for Senior Management and Executives are for 
a three year term. Initial contracts are open ended and 
subject to 3 months notice based on performance 
and business requirements.
GCEO employment agreement
The Group CEO’s contractual term is agreed upon between 
the Board and the employee. The Board approves the 
GCEO’s employment contract which has a six month 
notice period.
7.0  Remuneration Policy and 
Governance Framework
BSP recognises that staff are the most valuable asset 
of BSP. The Group ensures that remuneration and benefits 
are fair and competitive in the market. The remuneration 
strategy is supported by objectives applicable to all 
employees and includes:
i.	 Business results, including performance against 
strategic objectives and metrics in the Group’s 
risk assessment/position and compliance with 
AML/CTF regulations;
ii.	 Performance against the Group’s strategic objectives;
iii.	Adherence to the Group’s values, business principles, 
Group-risk related policies and procedures 
and international standards;
iv.	 Individual performance; and
v.	 Local market position and practice.
The above key features of the remuneration framework 
enables the group to also achieve alignment between risk, 
performance and reward.
1.	 For LTI outcome calculations, the NPAT of K1.04 billion was adjusted to exclude K95 million settlement of the Additional Company Tax.
7.1  Remuneration and Nominations 
Committee (RNC)
The RNC assists BSP in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities 
regarding the remuneration, succession planning and 
the board recruitment of Directors, Executives and other 
BSP employees. The responsibilities of the RNC are:
•	 	to oversee the selection and appointment of a Group 
CEO, and setting an appropriate remuneration and 
benefits package for recommendation to the full Board;
•	 to determine and review appropriate remuneration 
and benefits of Directors for recommendation to the 
full Board, and subsequently to the shareholders;
•	 in conjunction with the Group CEO, to identify and 
maintain a clear succession plan for the Executive 
Management ensuring an appropriate mix of skills, 
diversity and experience as well as appropriate 
remuneration and benefits packages are in place and 
reviewed regularly; and
•	 to ensure that the Board itself maintains an appropriate 
mix of skills, diversity and experience necessary to fulfil 
its responsibilities to shareholders while maintaining 
a world class Corporate Governance regime.
The RNC is comprised of three Non-Executive Directors. 
The Chairman of the RNC must be an independent Director, 
other than the Chairman of the Board. Each member 
should be capable of making a valuable contribution to 
the Committee, and membership is reviewed annually 
by the Board.
A review of the performance of Committee members 
forms part of the Board’s performance review.
8.0  Non-Executive Director Remuneration
Non-Executive Directors are remunerated on a fixed 
basis within an aggregate Directors’ fee pool approved 
periodically by shareholders.
Under the Constitution, the Board determines the 
total amount paid to each Non-Executive Director as 
remuneration, subject to the aggregate amount not 
exceeding the amount fixed by the Shareholders.
Directors are also reimbursed their reasonable travel 
and other expenses incurred in attending to BSP business. 
Directors may also receive additional remuneration if they 
perform any additional services at the request of the Board.
Non-Executive Directors are not paid any retirement 
or superannuation benefits, nor do they participate 
in any share or share option programs or the employee 
incentive schemes.
8.1  Fee pool 
BSP Non-Executive Directors are remunerated on a fixed basis within an aggregate Directors “Fee Pool” approved 
periodically by Shareholders. Shareholders are required to approve any change to this aggregate amount. The current 
Shareholder approved fee pool is PGK6.0 million approved at the May 2023 Annual General Meeting effective 1 January 2024. 
Total payments to directors for the 2024 financial year within the fee pool were as follows.
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Name of Director
Base
Fee
Chair-
person
BACC
Fee
BRC
Fee
RNC
Fee
Bank
Total
Sub.
Fees
Total
Fees
Robert George Bradshaw
–
943
–
–
–
943
–
943
Symon G. Brewis‑Weston
472
–
–
26
26
524
–
524
Faamausili Dr. 
Matagialofi Lua’iufi
472
–
–
–
39
511
120
631
Stuart A. Davis
472
–
26
39
–
537
–
537
Priscilla Kevin
472
–
–
26
–
498
9
507
Frank D. Bouraga
472
–
33
14
–
518
3
522
Patricia F. 
Taureka‑Seruvatu
472
–
–
26
20
518
–
518
Ian A. Tarutia
472
–
28
25
–
524
–
525
Stephen C. Beach
344
–
28
28
–
399
–
400
Arthur Sam
128
–
–
–
–
128
–
128
Total
3,776
943
114
184
86
5,100
133
5,233
5 7
5 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   R E M U N E R AT I O N  R E P O R T

F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S
31 December 2024
58	
F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S
60	
Directors’ Report
62	
Statements of Comprehensive Income 
63	
Statements of Financial Position 
64	
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 
65	
Statements of Cash Flows 
66	
N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S
66	
1.  Financial Statements Preparation
69	
Financial Performance
69	
2.  Segment Reporting
70	
3.  Net Interest Income
71	
4.  Non-Interest Income
72	
5.  Operating Expenses
73	
6.  Impairment of Financial Assets
74	
7.  Income Tax
76	
8.  Earnings per Ordinary Share
76	
9.  Reconciliation of Operating Cash Flow
77	
Financial Instruments: Financial Assets
79	
10.  Cash and Operating Balances with Central Banks
79	
11.  Amounts Due from Other Banks
79	
12.  Treasury and Central Bank Bills
80	
13.  Cash Reserve Requirement with Central Banks
80	
14.  Other Financial Assets
81	
15.  Loans and Receivables from Customers
86	
16.  Other Assets
87	
Financial Instruments: Financial Liabilities
88	
17.  Amounts Due to Other Banks
88	
18.  Customer Deposits
88	
19.  Other Liabilities
89	
20.  Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
90	
Risk Management
90	
21.  Risk Management Framework and Controls
90	
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality
99	
23.  Liquidity Risk
101	
24.  Operational Risk
101	
25.  Foreign Exchange Risk
103	
26.  Interest Rate Risk
105	
27.  Fair Values of Financial and 
Non‑Financial Assets and Liabilities
107	 Capital and Dividends
107	
28.  Ordinary Shares 
107	
29.  Retained Earnings and Other Reserves 
109	
30.  Capital Adequacy 
110	 Group Structure
110	
31.  Insurance
122	
32.  Investment in Subsidiaries
123	
33.  Investment in Joint Ventures
124	 Other
124	
34.  Fiduciary Activities 
124	
35.  Related Party Transactions 
125	
36.  Directors and Executive Remuneration
127	
37.  Events Occurring After Balance Sheet Date
128	
38.  Amalgamation of BSP Finance PNG Limited 
128	
39.  Asset held for sale
128	
40.  Remuneration of Auditor 
129	 I N D E P E N D E N T  A U D I T O R ’ S  R E P O R T
BSP Financial 
Group Limited
and subsidiaries
ARBN 649 704 656
5 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
5 9
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
D I R E C T O R S ’ R E P O R T
The Directors take pleasure in presenting the Financial 
Statements of the BSP Financial Group Limited and its 
subsidiaries (Bank and the Group) for the year ended 
31 December 2024. In order to comply with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 1997, the Directors report as follows:
Principal activities
The principal activity of the BSP Financial Group Limited 
(BSP) is the provision of commercial banking and financial 
services throughout Papua New Guinea (PNG) and the 
Asia Pacific region. The Group’s activities also include fund 
management and life insurance business services. BSP is 
a company listed on the PNG Exchange Markets (PNGX) 
and the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX), incorporated 
under the Companies Act of Papua New Guinea, and is an 
authorised Bank under the Banks and Financial Institutions 
Act of Papua New Guinea. The Group is also licensed to 
operate in Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, 
Cook Islands, Cambodia and Laos. The registered office is 
at Section 34, Allotment 6 & 7, Klinki Street, Waigani Drive, 
Port Moresby.
Review of operations
For the year ended 31 December 2024, the Group’s profit 
after tax was K1,037.711 million (2023: K890.215 million). 
The Bank’s profit after tax was K1,035.662 million 
(2023: K800.826 million). 
The Directors are of the view that there are reasonable 
grounds to believe that the Bank and the Group will be 
able to pay their debts as and when they become due 
and payable; and the attached financial statements 
and notes thereto are in accordance with the PNG 
Companies Act 1997, including compliance with accounting 
standards and give a true and fair view of the financial 
position and performance of the Bank and the Group. 
For the 2024 financial year, the Directors affirm that, 
to the best of their knowledge, BSP Financial Group 
has not participated in any activities that violate laws 
and regulations.
The results of the Bank and the Group operations during 
the financial year have, in the opinion of the Directors, not 
been materially affected by items of an abnormal nature, 
other than those disclosed in the financial statements.
In the opinion of the Directors, no circumstances have 
arisen, that make adherence to the existing method of 
valuation of assets or liabilities of the Bank and the Group 
misleading or inappropriate.
At the date of this report the Directors are not aware of 
any circumstances that would render the values attributed 
to assets in the financial statements misleading.
No contingent liability other than that disclosed in the 
notes to the attached financial statements has become 
enforceable, or is likely to become enforceable, within 
a period of twelve months from the date of this report, 
that will materially affect the Bank and the Group in its 
ability to meet obligations as and when they fall due.
Dividends
Dividends totalling K712.684 million were paid in 2024 
(2023: K831.813 million) to shareholders. A detailed breakup 
of this is provided in note 28.
Outside Interests and Conflicts 
The Directors confirm that all significant interests in 
contracts related to the Group were disclosed, and they 
abstained from voting on matters in which they had 
an interest.
Shareholders Engagement 
BSP Financial Group Limited is committed to providing 
fair and equitable treatment to all shareholders and offers 
various channels for accessing information about the 
Group’s operations. The Directors affirm that the Group 
has taken all necessary steps to ensure fair and equitable 
treatment of all shareholders, implementing procedures 
that protect shareholder rights and remove barriers 
to exercising those rights.
Internal Controls Effectiveness 
The Directors confirm that they have assessed the 
effectiveness of the internal controls and risk management 
processes and consider them to be suitable.
Engagement with Traditional Landowners 
The success of BSP Financial Group greatly depends on 
fostering and sustaining strong, supportive relationships 
with communities and organisations affected by our 
decisions. We actively engage with these communities 
through our donations, community projects and 
sponsorships. This collaboration with external partners on 
projects across various sectors helps provide community 
benefits and promote sustainable development in Papua 
New Guinea and the Asia Pacific region.
Directors and officers
The following were directors of the BSP Financial Group 
Limited at 31 December 2024:
Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Mr Mark T. Robinson
Mr Frank D. Bouraga
Mr Symon G. Brewis-Weston
Mr Ian A. Tarutia
Mrs Patricia F. Taureka-Seruvatu
Mr Stuart A. Davis
Ms Priscilla Kevin
Dr Matagialofi Lua’iufi
Mr Stephen C. Beach
Details of directors’ tenure and directors and executives’ 
remuneration during the year are provided in Note 36 
of the Notes to the Financial Statements. The Group CEO 
Mark T. Robinson was the only executive director.
The company secretary is Vandhna Narayan, appointment 
effective on 19th of October 2024.
Independent auditor’s report
The financial statements have been audited and should be 
read in conjunction with the independent auditor’s report 
on page 129. Details of amounts paid to the auditors for 
audit and other services are shown in Note 40 of the Notes 
to the Financial Statements.
Donations and sponsorships
Donations and sponsorship by the Group during the year 
amounted to K17.349 million (2023: K7.577 million).
Change in accounting policies
Changes to accounting policies that impacted the Group’s 
result during the year are included in Note 1(A) of the Notes 
to the Financial Statements.
For, and on behalf of, the Directors.
Dated and signed in accordance with a resolution of the 
Directors in Port Moresby this 19th day of February 2025.
Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Chairman
Mr Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director
61
6 0
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
S T A T E M E N T S  O F  C O M P R E H E N S I V E  I N C O M E 
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Note
2024
2023
2024
2023
Interest income
3
2,091,750
1,962,928
1,965,706
1,849,145
Interest expense
3
(127,251)
(118,097)
(119,933)
(110,447)
Net interest income
1,964,499
1,844,831
1,845,773
1,738,698
Net fee and commission income
4
386,581
353,900
357,221
323,249
Other income
4
570,252
488,719
600,448
469,894
Net insurance operating income
31
57,757
61,236
–
–
Net operating income before impairment 
and operating expenses
2,979,089
2,748,686
2,803,442
2,531,841
Impairment of financial assets
6
18,212
(182,195)
41,605
(165,562)
Operating expenses
5
(1,267,271)
(1,013,098)
(1,149,376)
(940,008)
Additional company tax settlement
7
95,000
–
95,000
–
Profit before income tax
1,825,030
1,553,393
1,790,671
1,426,271
Income tax expense
7
(787,319)
(663,178)
(755,009)
(625,445)
Net profit for the year attributable to parent
1,037,711
890,215
1,035,662
800,826
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be subsequently reclassified 
to profit or loss:
Translation of financial information of foreign 
operations to presentation currency
29
38,519
94,112
24,757
48,551
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Recognition of deferred tax on asset revaluation 
reserve movement
29
748
615
748
615
Net movement in asset revaluation reserve
29
(2,764)
38,349
503
28,048
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
36,503
133,076
26,008
77,214
Total comprehensive income for the year 
attributable to parent
1,074,214
1,023,291
1,061,670
878,040
Earnings per share – basic and diluted (toea)
8
222.1
190.5
221.7
171.4
Comparative period amounts have been restated to conform to presentation in the current year.
The attached notes form an integral part of these financial statements. 
S T A T E M E N T S  O F  F I N A N C I A L  P O S I T I O N 
As at 31 December 2024
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Note
2024
2023
2024
2023
ASSETS
Cash and operating balances with Central Banks
10
3,361,616
3,306,085
2,597,827
2,430,613
Amounts due from other banks
11
1,874,178
1,779,677
1,549,526
1,595,587
Treasury and Central Bank Bills
12
2,517,652
3,803,598
2,438,643
3,768,110
Cash reserve requirement with Central Banks
13
3,255,374
2,841,812
3,102,136
2,699,236
Other financial assets
14
7,157,971
6,373,451
6,471,226
5,741,162
Loans and receivables from customers
15
16,269,841
16,013,022
15,123,011
14,802,133
Asset held for sale
39
14,544
–
–
–
Property, plant and equipment
1,046,624
1,034,741
754,156
765,075
Aircraft subject to operating lease
30,006
32,387
30,006
32,387
Investment in subsidiaries
32
–
–
393,833
390,635
Deferred tax assets
7
257,517
329,288
252,205
323,233
Other assets
16
1,338,028
1,437,226
547,959
680,138
Total assets
37,123,351
36,951,287
33,260,528
33,228,309
LIABILITIES
Amounts due to other banks
17
260,198
363,665
657,738
604,785
Customer deposits
18
29,082,961
29,835,111
27,055,110
27,911,977
Insurance contract liabilities
31
1,437,650
1,249,512
–
–
Other liabilities
19
1,630,971
1,197,889
1,493,313
1,072,358
Deferred tax liabilities
7
58,505
61,780
–
–
Total liabilities
32,470,285
32,707,957
29,206,161
29,589,120
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Ordinary shares
28
372,110
372,110
372,110
372,110
Retained earnings
29
3,732,584
3,415,689
3,330,765
2,963,899
Other reserves
29
513,638
454,830
351,492
303,180
Equity attributable to the members of the company
4,618,332
4,242,629
4,054,367
3,639,189
Minority interests
32
34,734
701
–
–
Total shareholders’ equity
4,653,066
4,243,330
4,054,367
3,639,189
Total equity and liabilities
37,123,351
36,951,287
33,260,528
33,228,309
The attached notes form an integral part of these financial statements.
Mr Robert G. Bradshaw
Chairman
Mr Mark T. Robinson
Group Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director
6 3
6 2
|
B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4
|
F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
S T A T E M E N T S  O F  C H A N G E S  I N  S H A R E H O L D E R S ’  E Q U I T Y 
All amounts are expressed in K’000 
Note
Share
capital
Reserves
Retained
earnings
Minority
interests
Total
GROUP 
Balance as at 1 January 2023
372,110
319,881
3,359,184
727
4,051,902
Net profit
–
–
890,215
–
890,215
Other comprehensive income
–
133,076
–
–
133,076
Total comprehensive income
–
133,076
890,215
–
1,023,291
Dividends paid during the year
28
–
–
(831,616)
(197)
(831,813)
Gain attributable to minority interests
–
–
(171)
171
–
Total transactions with owners
–
–
(831,787)
(26)
(831,813)
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve
29
–
(1,632)
1,632
–
–
Others
–
1,053
(1,103)
–
(50)
BSP Life policy reserve
29
–
2,452
(2,452)
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
372,110
454,830
3,415,689
701
4,243,330
Net profit
–
–
1,037,711
–
1,037,711
Other comprehensive income
–
36,503
–
–
36,503
Total comprehensive income
–
36,503
1,037,711
–
1,074,214
Dividends paid during the year
28
–
–
(712,684)
(269)
(712,953)
Minority interest capital
32
–
–
–
33,918
33,918
Gain attributable to minority interests
–
–
(384)
384
–
Total transactions with owners
–
–
(713,068)
34,033
(679,035)
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve
29
–
(1,746)
1,746
–
–
Others
29
–
(4)
–
–
(4)
Asset revaluation reserve tax effect change
–
14,561
–
–
14,561
BSP Life policy reserve
29
–
9,494
(9,494)
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
372,110
513,638
3,732,584
34,734
4,653,066
BANK
Balance as at 1 January 2023
372,110
224,976
2,991,169
–
3,588,255
Net profit
–
–
800,826
–
800,826
Other comprehensive income
–
77,214
–
–
77,214
Total comprehensive income
–
77,214
800,826
–
878,040
Dividends paid during the year
28
–
–
(827,106)
–
(827,106)
Total transactions with owners
–
–
(827,106)
–
(827,106)
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve
29
–
(1,462)
1,462
–
–
BSP Life policy reserve
29
–
2,452
(2,452)
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2023
372,110
303,180
2,963,899
–
3,639,189
Net profit
–
–
1,035,662
–
1,035,662
Other comprehensive income
–
26,008
–
–
26,008
Total comprehensive income
–
26,008
1,035,662
–
1,061,670
Dividends paid during the year
28
–
–
(705,521)
–
(705,521)
Total transactions with owners
–
–
(705,521)
–
(705,521)
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve 
29
–
(1,751)
1,751
–
–
Asset revaluation reserve tax effect change
–
14,561
–
–
14,561
Gain on amalgamation
38
–
–
44,468
–
44,468
BSP Life policy reserve 
29
–
9,494
(9,494)
–
–
Balance at 31 December 2024
372,110
351,492
3,330,765
–
4,054,367
The attached notes form an integral part of these Financial Statements. 
S T A T E M E N T S  O F  C A S H  F L O W S 
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Note
2024
2023
2024
2023
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Interest received
2,081,110
1,811,037
1,953,510
1,737,885
Fees and other income
888,874
950,266
955,217
884,782
Interest paid
(104,865)
(125,932)
(113,178)
(91,395)
Insurance premiums received
304,551
266,148
–
–
Claims, surrenders and maturity payments
(173,358)
(166,366)
–
–
Additional company tax settlement
7
95,000
–
95,000
–
Amounts paid to suppliers and employees
(1,154,076)
(1,160,925)
(976,970)
(1,119,853)
Operating cash flow before changes in operating assets 
and liabilities
9
1,937,236
1,574,228
1,913,579
1,411,419
Net (increase)/decrease in:
Loans and receivables from customers
(12,788)
(1,443,252)
(105,913)
(1,501,138)
Cash reserve requirements with the Central Banks
(404,779)
(290,437)
(397,924)
(255,308)
Bills receivable and other assets
57,205
(170,641)
95,267
(75,588)
Net increase/(decrease) in:
Customer deposits
(887,244)
2,450,609
(935,175)
2,388,419
Bills payable and other liabilities
452,703
336,869
301,593
244,222
Net cash flow from operations before income tax
1,142,333
2,457,376
871,427
2,212,026
Income taxes paid
7
(653,668)
(705,969)
(629,430)
(677,287)
Net cash flow from operating activities
488,665
1,751,407
241,997
1,534,739
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from government securities
12,011,165
11,638,082
11,364,057
11,371,850
Purchases of government securities
(11,482,109) (12,846,075)
(10,749,364) (12,565,005)
Expenditure on property, plant and equipment
(135,381)
(74,798)
(140,053)
(39,289)
Expenditure on software development costs
(15,885)
(82,549)
(15,885)
(81,848)
Proceeds from disposal of assets
2,518
1,513
34,818
1,493
Net cash flow from/(used) in investing activities
380,308
(1,363,827)
493,573
(1,312,799)
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid
28
(712,953)
(831,813)
(705,521)
(827,106)
Payment of interest on borrowings
–
(246,479)
–
(246,479)
Repayment of principal on borrowings
–
(9,533)
–
(9,533)
Sale of minority interest in subsidiary
32
33,918
–
–
–
Net cash flow used in financing activities
(679,035)
(1,087,825)
(705,521)
(1,083,118)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
189,938
(700,245)
30,049
(861,178)
Exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents
63,561
194,998
38,151
105,233
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
4,722,097
5,227,344
3,421,415
4,177,360
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the end of the year
9
4,975,596
4,722,097
3,489,615
3,421,415
Comparative period amounts have been restated to conform to presentation in the current year.
The attached notes form an integral part of these Financial Statements. 
6 5
6 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
1.  Financial Statements Preparation  (continued)
•	 Annual improvements to IFRS – Volume 11 (effective 
1 January 2026 – with earlier application permitted). 
Annual improvements are limited to changes that 
either clarify the wording in an Accounting Standard 
or correct relatively minor unintended consequences, 
oversights or conflicts between the requirements in 
the Accounting Standards. The 2024 amendments are 
to the following standards:
•	 	IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial 
Reporting Standards;
•	 	IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and its 
accompanying Guidance on implementing IFRS 7;
•	 	IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;
•	 	IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements; and
•	 	IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows.
•	 IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial 
Statements (effective 1 January 2027). This is the new 
standard on presentation and disclosure in financial 
statements, with a focus on updates to the statement 
of profit or loss. The key new concepts introduced in 
IFRS 18 relate to:
•	 	the structure of the statement of profit or loss;
•	 	required disclosures in the financial statements for 
certain profit or loss performance measures that are 
reported outside an entity’s financial statements (that 
is, management-defined performance measures); and
•	 	enhanced principles on aggregation and 
disaggregation which apply to the primary financial 
statements and notes in general.
The Group continues to assess the impact of adopting 
Standards, amendments and interpretations issued but 
not yet effective for the year ended 31 December 2024. 
New IFRS sustainability disclosure standards effective 
after 1 January 2025
•	 IFRS S1, ‘General requirements for disclosure of 
sustainability-related financial information (effective 
1 January 2027 – This is subject to endorsement by the 
Accounting Standards Board of PNG). This standard 
includes the core framework for the disclosure of material 
information about sustainability-related risks and 
opportunities across an entity’s value chain.
•	 IFRS S2, ‘Climate-related disclosures’ (effective 
1 January 2027 – This is subject to endorsement by the 
Accounting Standards Board of PNG). This is the first 
thematic standard issued that sets out requirements for 
entities to disclose information about climate-related 
risks and opportunities.
B.  Consolidation
The Financial Statements incorporate the assets 
and liabilities of all controlled entities of the Group 
as at 31 December 2024, and their results for the year 
then ended. 
Controlled entities are those over which the Group 
has the power to govern financial and operating policies, 
generally accompanied by a shareholding that commands 
the majority of voting rights, and are commonly referred 
to as subsidiaries.
Subsidiaries are accounted for at acquisition under the 
acquisition method of accounting, where: 
•	 consideration transferred is measured at the fair value of 
assets transferred, equity issued and liabilities assumed; 
•	 identifiable net assets are recorded initially at acquisition, 
at their fair values; and
•	 any excess of the acquisition cost over the relevant 
share of identifiable net assets acquired is treated as 
goodwill, and any deficiency is recognised directly in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.
All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.
C.  Foreign currency
The Financial Statements of the Group are presented 
in the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates (its functional currency). 
For the purpose of these Financial Statements, the results 
and financial position of the Bank are expressed in Papua 
New Guinea Kina, which is the Bank’s functional and 
presentation currency, unless otherwise stated.
In preparing the Financial Statements, transactions in 
currencies other than the entity’s functional currency 
(foreign currencies) are recorded at the rates of exchange 
prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each 
balance sheet date, monetary items denominated in 
foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing 
at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary items carried at 
fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when the 
fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are 
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency 
are not retranslated.
Foreign operations
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the 
consolidated entity’s overseas operations are translated 
at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income 
and expense items are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the period unless exchange rates fluctuate 
significantly. Exchange differences arising, are recognised 
in the foreign currency translation reserve, and recognised 
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on disposal 
of the foreign operation.
1.  Financial Statements Preparation
The material accounting policies adopted in the 
preparation of these Financial Statements are set out 
below. These policies have been consistently applied to 
all the periods presented unless otherwise stated. The 
Financial Statements where required, presents restated 
comparative information for consistency with the current 
year’s presentation in the Financial Statements. The assets 
and liabilities are presented in order of liquidity on the 
Statements of Financial Position.
A.  Basis of Presentation and Material 
Accounting Policies
The Financial Statements of the BSP Financial 
Group Limited are prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board 
and interpretations of these standards issued by the 
International Financial Reporting Interpretations 
Committee. They are prepared on the basis of the historical 
cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain 
non-current assets, financial instruments and liabilities.
Estimates and assumptions have been used to achieve 
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles 
in the preparation of these financial statements. These 
assumptions and estimates affect balances of assets and 
liabilities, contingent liabilities and commitments at the 
end of the reporting period, and amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. Whilst the estimates 
are based on management’s best knowledge of current 
events and conditions, actual results may ultimately differ 
from those estimates.
The financial statements are presented in Papua New 
Guinea Kina, expressed in thousands of Kina, as permitted 
by International Financial Reporting Standards.
Standards, amendments and interpretations effective 
in the year ended 31 December 2024
The following standards, amendments and interpretations 
to existing standards became applicable for the first time 
during the accounting period ended 31 December 2024.
•	 Amendment to IAS 1 – Non-current liabilities with 
covenants. These amendments clarify how conditions 
which an entity must comply within twelve months after 
the reporting period affect the classification of a liability. 
The amendments also aim to improve information 
an entity provides related to liabilities subject to 
these amendments. 
•	 Amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases on sale and leaseback. 
These amendments include requirements for sale and 
leaseback transactions in IFRS 16 to explain how an entity 
accounts for a sale and leaseback after the date of the 
transaction. Sale and leaseback transactions where some 
or all the lease payments are variable lease payments 
that do not depend on an index or rate are most likely 
to be impacted.
•	 Amendment to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 – Supplier finance. 
These amendments require disclosures to enhance 
the transparency of supplier finance arrangements 
and their effects on an entity’s liabilities, cash 
flows and exposure to liquidity risk. The disclosure 
requirements are the IASB’s response to investors’ 
concerns that some companies’ supplier finance 
arrangements are not sufficiently visible, hindering 
investors’ analysis.
The above changes did not have any material impact 
on the Group. 
Standards, amendments and interpretations issued but 
not yet effective for the year ended 31 December 2024 
or adopted early
The following standards, amendments and interpretations 
to existing standards have been published and are 
mandatory for the entity’s accounting periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2025 or later periods, but the entity 
has not early adopted them:
•	 Amendments to IAS 21 – Lack of Exchangeability 
(effective 1 January 2025 – early adoption is available). 
An entity is impacted by the amendments when it 
has a transaction or an operation in a foreign currency 
that is not exchangeable into another currency at 
a measurement date for a specified purpose. A currency 
is exchangeable when there is an ability to obtain the 
other currency (with a normal administrative delay), 
and the transaction would take place through a market 
or exchange mechanism that creates enforceable rights 
and obligations.
•	 Amendment to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 – Classification and 
Measurement of Financial Instruments (effective 
1 January 2026 – early adoption is available).
These amendments:
•	 	clarify the requirements for the timing of recognition 
and derecognition of some financial assets and 
liabilities, with a new exception for some financial 
liabilities settled through an electronic cash 
transfer system;
•	 	clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether 
a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal 
and interest (SPPI) criterion;
•	 	add new disclosures for certain instruments with 
contractual terms that can change cash flows (such 
as some instruments with features linked to the 
achievement of environment, social and governance 
(ESG) targets); and
•	 	make updates to the disclosures for equity instruments 
designated at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive 
Income (FVOCI).
N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S
6 7
6 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
Financial Performance
2.  Segment Reporting
Accounting Policy
Segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s chief operating 
decision maker. This reflects the way the Group’s businesses are managed, rather than the legal structure of the Group.
For management purposes, segment information determination is based on the risks involved with the provision of 
core banking services and products and the Bank and Group’s management reporting system. The main business lines/
segments for management purposes are banking services, split into PNG Bank and Offshore Banks and non- banking 
services which comprise insurance operations, fund management and asset financing activities. The Bank and Group’s 
business segments operate in Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, Cook Islands, Cambodia 
and Laos. Inter segment adjustments reflect elimination entries in respect of inter segment income and expense allocations 
including funds transfer pricing.
Consolidated 
All amounts are expressed in K’000
PNG Bank
Pacific
Markets
Non-Bank
Entities
Adjust Inter
Segments
Total
Analysis by segments
Year ended 31 December 2024
Net interest income
1,557,811
368,326
36,683
1,679
1,964,499
Net fee, commission and other income 
378,014
124,497
6,376
(112,628)
396,259
Foreign exchange related
401,621
158,935
18
–
560,574
Net insurance income
–
–
57,320
437
57,757
Total operating income
2,337,446
651,758
100,397
(110,512)
2,979,089
Operating expenses
(972,634)
(253,795)
(47,364)
6,522
(1,267,271)
Impairment expenses
19,847
15,410
(17,045)
–
18,212
Additional company tax settlement
95,000
–
–
–
95,000
Profit before income tax
1,479,659
413,373
35,988
(103,990)
1,825,030
Income tax
(669,644)
(105,846)
(11,829)
–
(787,319)
Net profit after income tax
810,015
307,527
24,159
(103,990)
1,037,711
Assets
24,860,573
12,037,823
2,220,534
(1,995,579)
37,123,351
Liabilities
(21,701,308) (10,502,276)
(1,665,783)
1,399,082
(32,470,285)
Net assets
3,159,265
1,535,547
554,751
(596,497)
4,653,066
Consolidated 
All amounts are expressed in K’000
PNG Bank
(restated)
Pacific
Markets
Non-Bank
Entities 
Adjust Inter
Segments
Total
(restated)
Year ended 31 December 2023
Net interest income
1,479,288
329,803
35,406
334
1,844,831
Net fee, commission and other income 
393,782
20,893
26,263
(56,026)
384,912
Foreign exchange related
399,362
58,345
–
–
457,707
Net insurance income
–
–
60,642
594
61,236
Total operating income
2,272,432
409,041
122,311
(55,098)
2,748,686
Operating expenses
(774,194)
(230,595)
(17,807)
9,498
(1,013,098)
Impairment expenses
(161,378)
(9,523)
(11,294)
–
(182,195)
Profit before income tax
1,336,860
168,923
93,210
(45,600)
1,553,393
Income tax
(559,079)
(84,976)
(19,123)
–
(663,178)
Net profit after income tax
777,781
83,947
74,087
(45,600)
890,215
Assets 
25,964,685
10,560,798
2,264,240
(1,838,436)
36,951,287
Liabilities 
(23,119,456)
(9,165,332)
(1,652,013)
1,228,844
(32,707,957)
Net assets 
2,845,229
1,395,466
612,227
(609,592)
4,243,330
1.  Financial Statements Preparation  (continued)
D.  Critical accounting estimates and judgments
The application of the Group’s accounting policies 
requires the use of estimates and assumptions. If different 
assumptions or estimates were applied, the resulting 
values would change, impacting the net assets and 
income of the Group.
This note provides an overview of the areas that involve 
a higher degree of judgement or complexity, and major 
sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant 
risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next 
financial year. Detailed information about each of these 
estimates and judgements is included in the related notes 
together with information about the basis of calculation 
for each affected line item in the financial statements.
The areas involving significant estimates and 
judgments are:
•	 Estimation of current tax liability in the multiple tax 
jurisdictions – note 7;
•	 Estimated impairment of financial or non-financial assets 
– note 12, 14, 15 and 22;
•	 Estimated insurance liability – note 31; and
•	 Estimation of fair value of financial and non-financial 
assets and liabilities – note 27.
Measurement of expected credit loss allowance for 
financial assets measured at amortised cost in line with 
IFRS 9 is an area that requires the use of complex models 
and significant assumptions about future economic 
conditions and credit behaviour (e.g. the likelihood of 
customers defaulting and the resulting losses). Explanation 
of the inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques 
used in measuring Expected Credit Losses (ECL) is 
further detailed in note 15, and note 22 setting out the 
key sensitivities of the ECL changes in these elements.
A number of significant judgements are also required in 
applying the accounting requirements for measuring ECL, 
such as:
•	 determining criteria for significant increase in credit risk;
•	 choosing appropriate models and assumptions for the 
measurement of ECL;
•	 establishing the number and relative weightings of 
forward-looking scenarios for each type of product/
market and the associated ECL; and
•	 establishing groups of similar financial assets for the 
purposes of measuring ECL.
Detailed information about the judgements and estimates 
made by the Group in the above areas is set out in note 15.
6 9
6 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
4.  Non-Interest Income
Accounting policy
Fee and commission income
Fees and commissions are generally recognised on an accrual basis when the performance obligation is satisfied (i.e. service 
has been provided). Other non-risk fee income, which includes facility fees, includes certain line fees and fees for providing 
customer bank accounts. They are recognised over the term of the facility/period of service on a straight-line basis. 
All other risk related fees that constitute cost recovery are taken to income when levied. Income which forms an integral 
part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised using the effective interest rate method and 
recorded in interest income (for example, loan origination fees).
Foreign exchange income or losses 
Realised and unrealised gains or losses from foreign currency trading, or from changes in the fair value of the trading assets 
and liabilities are recognised as income in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they arise.
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net fee and commission income
Electronic banking related fee income
248,806
213,387
233,178
197,975
Electronic banking related fee expense
(92,785)
(73,692)
(79,811)
(62,097)
Net electronic banking related fee income
156,021
139,695
153,367
135,878
Trade and international related 
22,282
20,711
19,419
17,981
Product related
165,989
157,779
153,006
144,225
Other
42,289
35,715
31,429
25,165
386,581
353,900
357,221
323,249
Other income
Foreign exchange related1
560,574
457,707
488,962
399,362
Operating lease rentals
4,534
4,535
4,534
4,535
Dividend income received
–
–
83,666
38,603
Other
5,144
26,477
23,286
27,394
570,252
488,719
600,448
469,894
1.	 Foreign exchange related income includes gains and losses from spot and forward contracts and translated foreign currency assets 
and liabilities.
3.  Net Interest Income
Accounting Policy
Interest income and expense are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on an accrual basis using 
the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method. The EIR method calculates the amortised cost of a financial instrument by 
discounting the financial instrument’s estimated future cash receipts or payments to their present value and allocates 
the interest income or interest expense, including any fees, costs, premiums or discounts integral to the instrument, 
over its expected life. 
Interest income includes coupons earned on Government inscribed stock, accrued discounts and premiums on Treasury 
and Central Bank bills. Interest income is recognised for Stage 1 and Stage 2 financial assets measured at amortised cost 
by applying the EIR to gross carrying amounts of the financial instruments. For Stage 3 financial instruments, interest 
income is recognised by applying EIR on the net carrying value of the financial instrument. 
Expenses associated with the borrowing of funds are charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period 
in which they are incurred.
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Interest income
Loans and receivables from customers1
1,439,924
1,315,235
1,319,218
1,204,163
Other financial assets – inscribed stock
468,376
419,474
466,802
418,144
Treasury bills
103,925
154,207
103,766
154,168
Central Bank bills
3,815
7,638
3,459
7,588
Cash and balances with Central Banks 
36,324
31,393
49,306
42,698
Other
39,386
34,981
23,155
22,384
Total interest income
2,091,750
1,962,928
1,965,706
1,849,145
Less: Interest expense
Customer deposits
111,218
100,397
89,276
82,088
Other banks
10,014
11,729
24,971
22,719
Other interest expense
6,019
5,971
5,686
5,640
Total interest expense
127,251
118,097
119,933
110,447
Net interest income
1,964,499
1,844,831
1,845,773
1,738,698
1.	 Group interest income includes K27.105 million (Bank K24.639 million) recognised on impaired loans (Stage 3) to customers, 
2023: K23.428 million (Bank K19.788 million). The Group takes up required provisions on such interest income as detailed in the 
accounting policy in note 15.
7 1
7 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
6.  Impairment of Financial Assets
Accounting Policy
Impairment
Loans and receivables from customers are subject to continuous management review. If there is an expectation that the 
Group will not be able to collect amounts due under the terms of the loan, a provision is recognised equivalent to lifetime 
ECL. All bad debts are written off against the available specific provision for loan impairment in the period in which they are 
classified as irrecoverable. Subsequent recoveries and reductions in provisions are credited to the provision for loan losses 
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.
General provisions for impairment are maintained to cover expected losses unidentified at balance date in the overall 
portfolio of Loans and receivables from customers. The provisions are determined having regard to the level of risk weighted 
assets, economic conditions, the general risk profile of the credit portfolio, past loss experience and a range of other criteria. 
The amount necessary to bring the provisions to their assessed levels, after write-offs, is charged to the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its debt instrument assets carried at amortised 
cost and with the exposure arising from loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. The Group recognises a loss 
allowance for such losses at each reporting date. The measurement of ECL reflects:
•	 an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes; and
•	 reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past 
events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
Note 15 provides more detail of how the expected credit loss allowance is measured. 
Impairment expense/(release) of financial assets by asset class is as follows:
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Loans and receivables from customers (note 15)
(18,035)
172,615
(40,650)
155,917
Treasury and Central Bank Bills (note 12)
(6,955)
(644)
(7,019)
(583)
Other financial assets (note 14)
6,778
10,224
6,064
10,228
(18,212)
182,195
(41,605)
165,562
5.  Operating Expenses
Accounting Policy
Salaries and related on-costs include annual leave, long service leave, employee incentives and relevant taxes. Staff 
expenses are recognised over the period the employee renders the service. Long service leave is discounted to present 
value using assumptions relating to staff departure, leave utilisation and future salary.
Superannuation expense includes expenses relating to defined contribution plans. Defined contribution expense 
is recognised in the period the service is provided.
Premises and equipment expenses include depreciation, which is calculated using the straight-line method over the asset’s 
estimated useful life. The right-of-use assets are recognised under IFRS 16. Leases are depreciated over the shorter of the 
lease term or the useful life of the underlying asset, with the depreciation presented within depreciation of Property, Plant 
and Equipment.
Computing expenses are recognised as incurred, unless they qualify for capitalisation as computer software due to the 
expenditure generating probable future economic benefits. If capitalised, computer software is subsequently amortised 
over its estimated useful life. The Group assesses, at each balance sheet date, useful lives and residual values and whether 
there is any objective evidence of impairment. If an asset’s carrying value is greater than its recoverable amount, the 
carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount.
Other expenses are recognised as the relevant service is rendered. Operating expenses related to provisions are recognised 
for present obligations arising from past events where a payment to settle the obligation is probable and can be 
reliably estimated.
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Administration
243,700
95,241
227,230
80,763
Computing
159,489
141,491
147,945
130,989
Depreciation
81,087
80,733
75,266
74,773
Amortisation of software costs
49,175
46,383
48,999
46,122
Non-executive directors costs
4,639
4,646
4,718
4,326
Non-lending losses
15,948
42,802
15,758
44,101
Impairment loss on Joint Ventures
35,816
–
–
–
Premises and equipment
114,998
106,800
107,471
99,896
704,852
518,096
627,387
480,970
Staff costs
Wages and salaries
448,483
388,356
415,256
358,855
Defined contribution plans
23,070
19,973
20,873
18,065
Statutory leave entitlements
15,791
14,276
14,854
13,186
Other staff benefits
75,075
72,397
71,006
68,932
562,419
495,002
521,989
459,038
1,267,271
1,013,098
1,149,376
940,008
7 3
7 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
7.  Income Tax  (continued)
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Tax (payable)/receivable
At 1 January
40,033
(2,507)
40,836
(4,104)
Income tax provision
(695,037)
(664,841)
(667,589)
(634,630)
Adjustment to prior year estimates
8,632
3,064
9,263
2,283
Other tax related items
1,800
(1,652)
1,351
–
Foreign tax paid
23,809
24,241
–
–
Tax payments made
629,859
681,728
629,430
677,287
At 31 December 
9,096
40,033
13,291
40,836
Deferred tax balances are represented by the tax effect 
of the following items:
Specific allowance for losses on loans and receivables 
from customers
76,160
82,861
69,883
76,335
General allowance for losses on loans and receivables 
from customers
116,346
180,896
113,005
176,949
Employee related provisions
69,821
44,058
68,033
42,580
Prepaid expenses
(1,205)
(684)
(1,695)
(193)
Other provisions
20,519
22,671
68,401
79,741
Property, plant and equipment
(96,836)
(86,715)
(77,722)
(73,854)
Unrealised foreign exchange gains
(233)
(541)
(233)
(541)
Impact of PNG tax rate change¹
(22,786)
–
(22,786)
–
Accruals
37,226
24,962
35,319
22,216
At 31 December
199,012
267,508
252,205
323,233
Represented by:
Deferred tax asset
257,517
329,288
252,205
323,233
Deferred tax liability
(58,505)
(61,780)
–
–
At 31 December
199,012
267,508
252,205
323,233
Deferred taxes movement:
At 1 January
267,508
294,184
323,233
336,108
Current year movement
(63,676)
(1,643)
(58,898)
6,909
Adjustment to prior year estimates
(109)
(242)
438
7
Impact of PNG tax rate change¹
(22,786)
–
(22,786)
–
Other movements
18,075
(24,791)
10,218
(19,791)
At 31 December
199,012
267,508
252,205
323,233
1.	 The 2025 PNG National Budget and subsequent legislation passed before year end introduced a gradual reduction in the Corporate 
Income Tax rate for commercial banks as outlined below:
	
1.	 Profits below K300 million: Tax rate reduces from 45% to 40% in 2025, and 35% in 2026.
	
2.	 Profits above K300 million: Tax rate drops from 45% to 44% in 2025, decreasing by 1% annually until reaching 35%.
	
Given the legislation has been substantively enacted as at 31 December 2024 deferred tax balances have been calculated using the 
revised tax rates in the period they are expected to be utilised. A one-off charge of K37.347 million to tax expense was recognised 
resulting from the restatement of deferred tax balances relating to PNG Bank and its branches at the effective tax rate in the 
December 2024 accounts.
2.	 The PNG Government imposed a K190 million Additional Company Tax (the Tax) on banks with over 40% market share for the 2022 
financial year, directly affecting BSP’s net profit. The Tax was non-deductible and was deposited in an escrow account pending BSP’s 
legal challenge. On 19 February 2024, BSP settled its judicial review with the Internal Revenue Commission (IRC), agreeing to:
	
1.	 Receive a K95 million refund from the escrow account.
	
2.	 Pay K95 million to the IRC as a final settlement which was completed in April 2024.
7.  Income Tax
Accounting Policy
Current tax
Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable 
profit or tax loss for the period. It is calculated using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the reporting date. Current tax for current and prior periods is recognised as a liability (or asset) to the extent that 
it is unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Temporary differences are differences between 
the tax base of an asset or liability and its carrying amount in the Statement of Financial Position. In principle, deferred 
tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that 
it is probable that sufficient taxable amounts will be available against which deductible temporary differences or unused 
tax losses and tax offsets can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 
differences giving rise to them arise from the initial recognition of assets and liabilities which affects neither taxable 
income nor accounting profit. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when the 
asset and liability giving rise to them is realised or settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax 
consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle 
the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority 
and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
Current and deferred tax for the period
Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or income in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, except when 
it relates to items credited or debited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised directly in equity.
Critical accounting assumptions and estimates
Recoverability of tax receivables, deferred tax assets and measurement of current and deferred tax liabilities can require 
significant judgement, particularly where the recoverability of such tax balances relies on the estimation of future taxable 
profits and management’s determination of the likelihood that uncertain tax positions will be accepted by the relevant 
taxation authority. 
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Income tax expense
Current tax
695,037
664,841
667,589
634,630
Deferred tax
63,676
1,643
58,898
(6,909)
Current year
758,713
666,484
726,487
627,721
Adjustment to prior year estimates
(8,741)
(3,306)
(8,825)
(2,276)
Impact of PNG tax rate change¹
37,347
–
37,347
–
787,319
663,178
755,009
625,445
Tax calculated at 45% (2023: 45%) of Bank profit before tax 
805,802
641,822
805,802
641,822
Tax calculated at respective subsidiary tax rates
27,734
39,000
–
–
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
18,798
9,138
1,084
3,270
Tax loss not recognised
4,811
8,610
–
–
Income not recognised for tax purposes2
(98,432)
(32,086)
(80,399)
(17,371)
Impact of PNG tax rate change1
37,347
–
37,347
–
Adjustment to prior year estimates
(8,741)
(3,306)
(8,825)
(2,276)
787,319
663,178
755,009
625,445
7 5
74   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
Financial Instruments: Financial Assets
Accounting Policy
Recognition
Loans and receivables are recognised on settlement date, 
when cash is advanced to the borrowers.
Modification of loans 
The Group sometimes renegotiates or otherwise modifies 
the contractual cash flows of loans to customers. When 
this happens, the Group assesses whether or not the new 
terms are substantially different to the original terms. 
The Group does this by considering, among others, the 
following factors:
•	 If the borrower is in financial difficulty, whether the 
modification merely reduces the contractual cash flows 
to amounts the borrower is expected to be able to pay. 
•	 Whether any substantial new terms are introduced, such 
as a profit share/equity-based return that substantially 
affects the risk profile of the loan. 
•	 Significant extension of the loan term when the borrower 
is not in financial difficulty. 
•	 Significant change in the interest rate. 
•	 Change in the currency the loan is denominated in. 
•	 Insertion of collateral, other security or credit 
enhancements that significantly affect the credit risk 
associated with the loan. 
If the terms are substantially different, the Group 
derecognises the original financial asset and recognises 
a ‘new’ asset at fair value and recalculates a new effective 
interest rate for the asset. The date of renegotiation 
is consequently considered to be the date of initial 
recognition for impairment calculation purposes, including 
for the purpose of determining whether a significant 
increase in credit risk has occurred. However, the Group 
also assesses whether the new financial asset recognised 
is deemed to be credit-impaired at initial recognition, 
especially in circumstances where the renegotiation was 
driven by the debtor being unable to make the originally 
agreed payments. Differences in the carrying amount 
are also recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income as a gain or loss on de-recognition. 
If the terms are not substantially different, the renegotiation 
or modification does not result in de-recognition, and the 
Group recalculates the gross carrying amount based on 
the revised cash flows of the financial asset and recognises 
a modification gain or loss through the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. The new gross carrying amount 
is recalculated by discounting the modified cash flows 
at the original effective interest rate (or credit-adjusted 
effective interest rate for purchased or originated 
credit‑impaired financial assets).
De-recognition
Financial assets are de-recognised when the rights 
to receive cash flows from the asset have expired. 
There may be situations where the Group has partially 
transferred the risks and rewards of ownership and has 
neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership. In such situations, the asset 
continues to be recognised on the balance sheet to the 
extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset.
Classification and measurement
Financial assets are grouped into the following classes: 
cash and balances with central banks and financial assets 
measured at fair value through income statement (FVIS), 
investment securities, loans, other financial assets and life 
insurance assets.
Financial assets are classified based on a) the business 
model within which the assets are managed, and b) 
whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument 
represent solely payment of principal and interest (SPPI).
The Group determines the business model at the level 
that reflects how groups of financial assets are managed. 
When assessing the business model the Group considers 
factors including how performance and risks are managed, 
evaluated and reported and the frequency and volume of, 
and reason for, sales in previous periods and expectations 
of sales in future periods.
When assessing whether contractual cash flows are 
SPPI, interest is defined as consideration primarily for 
the time value of money and the credit risk of the principal 
outstanding. The time value of money is defined as the 
element of interest that provides consideration only for 
the passage of time and not consideration for other risks or 
costs associated with holding the financial asset. Terms that 
could change the contractual cash flows so that they may 
not meet the SPPI criteria include contingent and leverage 
features, non-recourse arrangements, and features that 
could modify the time value of money.
8.  Earnings per Ordinary Share
Accounting Policy
Earnings per share is determined by dividing the profit or loss attributable to owners of the Bank by the weighted average 
number of participating shares outstanding during the reporting year, adjusted for shares which are bought back by BSP.
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net profit attributable to parent equity interest (K’000)
1,037,711
890,215
1,035,662
800,826
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in use (000)
467,220
467,220
467,220
467,220
Basic and diluted earnings per share (expressed in toea)
222.1
190.5
221.7
171.4
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. BSP Financial Group Limited has no dilutive potential ordinary 
shares. Consequently, basic earnings per ordinary share equals diluted earnings per share.
9.  Reconciliation of Operating Cash Flow
Reconciliation of net profit after tax to operating cash flow before changes 
in operating assets and liabilities
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net profit after tax
1,037,711
890,215
1,035,662
800,826
Add: Tax expense
787,319
663,178
755,009
625,445
Profit before income tax
1,825,030
1,553,393
1,790,671
1,426,271
Major non cash amounts
Depreciation 
81,087
80,733
75,266
74,773
Amortisation of software costs
49,175
46,383
48,999
46,122
Net gain on sale of fixed assets
(2,466)
(2,356)
(2,282)
(2,038)
Impairment on financial assets
(18,212)
182,195
(41,605)
165,562
Movement in payroll provisions
76,191
9,247
65,517
8,908
Net changes in assets and liabilities
(73,569)
(295,367)
(22,987)
(308,179)
Operating cash flow before changes 
in operating assets and liabilities
1,937,236
1,574,228
1,913,579
1,411,419
Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances with less than 
90 days maturity.
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Cash and balances with Central Banks (note 10)
3,361,616
3,306,085
2,597,827
2,430,613
Amounts due from other banks (note 11)1
1,874,178
1,779,677
1,549,526
1,595,587
Amounts due to other banks (note 17)
(260,198)
(363,665)
(657,738)
(604,785)
4,975,596
4,722,097
3,489,615
3,421,415
1.	 Amounts due from other banks includes deposits of K65.725 million (2023: K61.242 million) held with counter-party banks that are not 
available for use by the Group.
7 7
7 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
10.  Cash and Operating Balances with Central Banks
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Notes, coins and cash at bank
747,285
707,416
657,920
612,198
Balances with Central Banks other than statutory deposit
2,614,331
2,598,669
1,939,907
1,818,415
At 31 December
3,361,616
3,306,085
2,597,827
2,430,613
11.  Amounts Due from Other Banks
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Items in the course of collection
63,754
70,304
63,754
70,307
Placements with other banks
1,810,424
1,709,373
1,485,772
1,525,280
At 31 December
1,874,178
1,779,677
1,549,526
1,595,587
12.  Treasury and Central Bank Bills
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Treasury and Central Bank Bills – face value
2,554,254
3,857,037
2,488,790
3,827,169
Unearned interest
(35,130)
(36,488)
(35,312)
(37,205)
Less allowance for impairment
(15,014)
(21,969)
(14,835)
(21,854)
2,504,110
3,798,580
2,438,643
3,768,110
Financial assets carried at fair value through profit and loss
Treasury Bills at fair value
13,542
5,018
–
–
At 31 December
2,517,652
3,803,598
2,438,643
3,768,110
Allowance for impairment
At 1 January
21,969
22,613
21,854
22,437
Provision for impairment
(6,955)
(644)
(7,019)
(583)
At 31 December
15,014
21,969
14,835
21,854
Financial Instruments: Financial Assets  (continued)
Debt instruments
If the debt instruments have contractual cash flows which 
represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding they 
are classified at:
•	 amortised cost if they are held within a business model 
whose objective is achieved through holding the financial 
asset to collect these cash flows; or
•	 fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 
if they are held within a business model whose objective 
is achieved either through collecting these cash flows 
or selling the financial asset; or
•	 FVIS if they are held within a business model whose 
objective is achieved through selling the financial asset.
Debt instruments are measured at FVIS where the 
contractual cash flows do not represent SPPI on the 
principal balance outstanding or where it is designated 
at FVIS to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch. 
Debt instruments at amortised cost are initially recognised 
at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method. They are 
presented net of provisions for expected credit losses 
determined using the ECL model.
Debt instruments at FVOCI are measured at fair value 
with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other 
comprehensive income except for interest income, 
impairment charges and foreign exchange gains and losses, 
which are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income. Impairment on debt instruments at FVOCI is 
determined using the ECL model and is recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income with a corresponding 
amount in other comprehensive income. There is no 
reduction of the carrying value of the debt security 
which remains at fair value. The cumulative gain or loss 
recognised in other comprehensive income is subsequently 
recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income 
when the instrument is derecognised.
Debt instruments at FVIS are measured at fair value 
with subsequent changes in fair value recognised 
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Equity securities
Equity securities are measured at FVOCI where they:
•	 are not held for trading; and
•	 an irrevocable election is made by the Group.
Otherwise, they are measured at FVIS.
Equity securities at FVOCI are measured at fair value 
with unrealised gains and losses recognised in other 
comprehensive income, except for dividend income which 
is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 
The cumulative gain or loss recognised in other 
comprehensive income is not subsequently recognised 
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income when the 
instrument is disposed.
Equity securities at FVIS are measured at fair value with 
subsequent changes in fair value recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Derivative financial instruments and acceptances
Forward foreign exchange contracts entered into for 
trading purposes are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently re-measured at fair value based upon the 
forward rate. Gains and losses on such contracts are taken 
to the Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Acceptances comprise undertakings by the Group to 
pay bills of exchange drawn on customers. The Group 
expects most acceptances to be settled simultaneously 
with the reimbursement from the customers. Customer 
acceptances are accounted for as off-balance sheet 
transactions and are disclosed as contingent liabilities 
and commitments.
The Group does not actively enter into or trade in complex 
forms of derivative financial instruments such as currency 
and interest rate swaps and options.
7 9
7 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
15.  Loans and Receivables from Customers
Accounting Policy
Loans are originated by providing funds directly to the borrower and are recognised when cash is advanced to borrowers. 
Loans are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method where they have contractual 
cash flows which represent SPPI on the principal balance outstanding and they are held within a business model whose 
objective is achieved through holding the loans to collect these cash flows. They are presented net of any provisions for ECL. 
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Overdrafts
1,160,654
1,329,034
1,096,000
1,266,512
Lease financing
217,196
187,292
216,916
165,604
Term loans
12,146,935
12,320,061
11,482,286
11,550,128
Mortgages
3,307,512
2,888,873
2,830,440
2,465,798
Gross loans and receivables from customers 
net of unearned interest
16,832,297
16,725,260
15,625,642
15,448,042
Less allowance for losses on loans and receivables from customers
(562,456)
(712,238)
(502,631)
(645,909)
At 31 December
16,269,841
16,013,022
15,123,011
14,802,133
The spread of the loans is detailed in the maturity analysis table in Note 23. The loans are well-diversified across various 
sectors and are further analysed in Note 22. Allowance for losses includes K102.930 million (Bank K88.962 million), 
2023: K97.057 million (Bank K83.055 million) provision taken up for interest recognised on Stage 3 loans.
Lease financing
The Bank and the Group provide lease financing to a broad range of clients to support financing needs in acquiring 
movable assets such as motor vehicles and plant and equipment. Finance leases are included within Loans and 
receivables from customers and are analysed as follows:
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Gross investment in finance lease receivable
Not later than 1 year
30,250
12,203
30,013
11,214
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
195,519
190,300
195,459
164,258
225,769
202,503
225,472
175,472
Unearned future finance income
Not later than 1 year
(332)
(1,114)
(322)
(1,094)
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
(8,241)
(14,097)
(8,234)
(8,774)
(8,573)
(15,211)
(8,556)
(9,868)
Present value of minimum lease payments receivable
217,196
187,292
216,916
165,604
Present value of minimum lease payments receivable 
is analysed as follows:
Not later than 1 year
29,918
11,089
29,691
10,120
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
187,278
176,203
187,225
155,484
At 31 December
217,196
187,292
216,916
165,604
13.  Cash Reserve Requirement with Central Banks
The Bank and the Group comply with the Cash Reserve Requirement (“CRR”) set by the regulatory authorities of the 
jurisdictions that it operates in. The CRR specifies that a bank must hold an amount equal to a percentage of its total 
customer deposits in the form of cash in an account maintained by the respective Central Banks. The Bank and Group 
comply with this requirement on an ongoing basis. CRR applicable for each jurisdiction at balance date were: PNG 12% 
(2023: 10%), Solomon Islands 5.5% (2023: 5%), Vanuatu 5.25% (2023: 5.25%) Fiji 10% (2023: 10%), Samoa 4.5% (2023: 4.5%) 
and Tonga 15% (2023: 10%).
14.  Other Financial Assets
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Inscribed Stock – issued by Central Bank
6,556,792
5,815,175
6,510,550
5,774,422
Less allowance for impairment
(40,238)
(33,460)
(39,324)
(33,260)
6,516,554
5,781,715
6,471,226
5,741,162
Financial assets carried at fair value through profit and loss:
Government Inscribed Stock 
308,158
277,876
–
–
Equity securities
333,259
313,860
–
–
At 31 December
7,157,971
6,373,451
6,471,226
5,741,162
Allowance for impairment
At 1 January
33,460
23,236
33,260
23,032
Provision for impairment
6,778
10,224
6,064
10,228
At 31 December
40,238
33,460
39,324
33,260
8 1
8 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
15.  Loans and Receivables from Customers  (continued)
Critical accounting assumptions and estimates
Key judgements include when a significant increase in 
credit risk has occurred and estimation of forward looking 
macroeconomic information. Other factors which can 
impact the provision include the borrower’s financial 
situation, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s 
position relative to other claimants, the reliability of 
customer information and the likely cost and duration 
of recovering the loan.
Significant increase in credit risk
Determining when a financial asset has experienced 
a significant increase in credit risk since origination 
is a critical accounting judgement which is primarily 
based on changes in internal customer risk grades since 
origination of the facility. Judgement is involved in setting 
the rules to determine whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk since initial recognition of a loan, 
resulting in the financial asset moving from ‘Stage 1’ 
to ‘Stage 2’, this increases the ECL calculation from an 
allowance based on the probability of default in the next 
12 months, to an allowance for lifetime expected credit 
losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk combined with 
transition from Stage 2 to Stage 1 may similarly result in 
significant changes in the estimate. The setting of precise 
trigger points requires judgement. The change in an 
internal customer risk grade is based on both quantitative 
and qualitative factors. The change in the internal customer 
risk grade that the Group uses to represent a significant 
increase in credit risk is based on a sliding scale. This means 
that a higher credit quality exposure at origination would 
require a more significant downgrade compared to a lower 
credit quality exposure before it is considered to have 
experienced a significant increase in credit risk.
A backstop is applied and the financial instrument 
is considered to have experienced a significant increase 
in credit risk if the borrower is more than 30 days past 
due on its contractual payments. 
Customers in hardship arrangements are normally treated 
as an indication of a significant increase in credit risk. 
The Group does not apply the low credit risk exemption 
which assumes investment grade facilities do not have 
a significant increase in credit risk.
Probability weighting of each scenario
The Group considers three future macroeconomic 
scenarios including a base case scenario along with upside 
and downside scenarios. Probability weighting of each 
scenario is determined by management considering the 
risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case scenario, 
as well as specific portfolio considerations where required. 
This is further expanded in note 22.
•	 Base case scenario
This scenario utilises external economic forecasts used 
for strategic decision making and forecasting, resulting 
in the base case representing comparable market 
average default rates.
•	 Upside scenario
This scenario represents a modest improvement 
on the base case scenario, resulting in lower than 
market average default rates.
•	 Downside scenario
This scenario represents a moderate recession, 
with higher than market average default rates.
Forward looking macroeconomic information
The measurement of ECL for each stage and the 
assessment of significant increase in credit risk consider 
information about past events and current conditions 
as well as reasonable and supportable projections of 
future events and economic conditions. The estimation 
of forward-looking information is a critical accounting 
judgement. The macroeconomic variables used in these 
scenarios, based on current economic forecasts, include 
(but are not limited to) change in real gross domestic 
product growth rates and unemployment rates.
The macroeconomic scenarios are weighted based on 
the Group’s best estimate of the relative likelihood of 
each scenario. The weighting applied to each of the three 
macroeconomic scenarios takes into account historical 
frequency, current trends, and forward looking conditions.
The macroeconomic variables and probability weightings 
of the three macroeconomic scenarios are subject to the 
approval of the Group Chief Financial Officer and Group 
Chief Risk Officer.
Where appropriate, adjustments will be made to 
modelled outcomes to reflect reasonable and supportable 
information not already incorporated in the models.
Judgements can change with time as new information 
becomes available which could result in changes to the 
provision for expected credit losses.
15.  Loans and Receivables from Customers  (continued)
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses
Accounting Policy
Impairment under IFRS 9 applies to all financial assets at 
amortised cost, lease receivables and credit commitments.
The ECL determined under IFRS 9 is recognised as follows:
•	 Loans (including lease receivables), debt securities at 
amortised cost and due from subsidiaries: as a reduction 
of the carrying value of the financial asset through 
an offsetting provision account; and
•	 Credit commitments: as a provision recorded within 
other liabilities. 
Measurement
The Group calculates the provisions for ECL based on 
a three stage approach. ECL are a probability-weighted 
estimate of the cash shortfalls expected to result from 
defaults over the relevant timeframe. They are determined 
by evaluating a range of possible outcomes and taking 
into account the time value of money, past events, current 
conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
The models use three main components to determine 
the ECL including:
•	 Probability of default (PD): the probability that 
a counterparty will default;
•	 Loss given default (LGD): the loss that is expected to arise 
in the event of a default; and
•	 Exposure at default (EAD): the estimated outstanding 
amount of credit exposure at the time of the default.
Model stages
The three stages are as follows:
Stage 1: 12 months ECL – performing
For financial assets where there has been no significant 
increase in credit risk since origination, a provision for 
12 months ECL is recognised.
Stage 2: Lifetime ECL – performing
For financial assets where there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk since origination but where the asset 
is still performing, a provision for lifetime ECL is recognised. 
Stage 3: Lifetime ECL – non-performing
For financial assets that are non-performing a provision 
for lifetime ECL is recognised. Indicators include a breach 
of contract with the Group such as a default on interest 
or principal payments, a borrower experiencing significant 
financial difficulties or observable economic conditions 
that correlate to defaults on a group of loans. 
Collective and individual assessment
Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis 
for exposures in Stage 1, Stage 2 and Stage 3 exposures 
below specified thresholds and on an individual basis 
for Stage 3 exposures that meet specified thresholds. 
Expected life 
In considering the time frame for expected credit losses 
in Stages 2 and 3, the standard generally requires use of 
the remaining contractual life adjusted where appropriate 
for prepayments, extension and other options. For certain 
revolving credit facilities which include both a drawn 
and undrawn component (e.g. credit cards and revolving 
lines of credit), the Group’s contractual ability to demand 
repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment does 
not limit the exposure to credit losses to the contractual 
notice period. For these facilities, lifetime is based on 
historical behaviour.
Movement between stages
Assets may move in both directions through the stages 
of the impairment model. Assets previously in Stage 2 
may move back to Stage 1 if it is no longer considered that 
there has been a significant increase in credit risk. Similarly, 
assets in Stage 3 may move back to Stage 1 or Stage 2 
if they are no longer assessed to be non-performing.
Off-Balance Sheet amounts
Any off-balance sheet items, such as loan commitments, 
are considered for impairment both on an individual and 
collective basis.
Definition of default
The definition of default used in measuring expected credit 
losses is aligned to the definition used for internal credit risk 
management purposes. The default occurs when there are 
indicators that a debtor is unlikely to fully satisfy contractual 
credit obligations to the Group, or the exposure is 90 days 
past due. Financial assets, including those that are well 
secured, are considered credit impaired for financial 
reporting purposes when they meet the definition of 
default. In subsequent periods, any recoveries of amounts 
previously written-off are credited to credit impairment 
charge in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.
8 3
8 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
15.  Loans and Receivables from Customers  (continued)
The impact of the factors on the Group’s exposure and loss allowance is detailed in the following table:
All amounts are expressed in K’000
EAD – Loans and receivables from customers
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
1 January 2023 
13,059,927 
1,350,157 
481,432 
14,891,516
Transfers to/(from)
	
Stage 1
(351,029)
270,059
80,970
–
	
Stage 2
462,385
(641,612)
179,227
–
	
Stage 3
–
4,254
(4,254)
–
	
Net financial assets originated
2,214,747
(308,028)
(72,975)
1,833,744
Total movement in EAD during the year
2,326,103
(675,327)
182,968
1,833,744
31 December 2023
15,386,030
674,830
664,400
16,725,260
ECL – Loans and receivables from customers
1 January 2023
236,472
108,891
225,671
571,034
Transfers to/(from)
	
Stage 1
(6,107)
5,286
821
–
	
Stage 2
29,682
(45,015)
15,333
–
	
Stage 3
–
147
(147)
–
	
Net financial assets originated
63,176
3,265
(17,460)
48,981
Transfers between stages
(24,219)
10,640
48,779
35,200
Movements due to risk parameter and other changes
(28,165)
11,882
41,031
24,748
Total net P&L charge/(release) during 2023
34,367
(13,795)
88,357
108,929
Loans written off against provision/(write back of provision 
no longer required)
–
–
(22,531)
(22,531)
31 December 2023
270,839
95,096
291,497
657,432
EAD – Loans and receivables from customers
1 January 2024
15,386,030
674,830
664,400
16,725,260
Transfers to/(from)
	
Stage 1
(163,815)
79,988
83,827
–
	
Stage 2
188,652
(271,817)
83,165
–
	
Stage 3
–
589
(589)
–
	
Net financial assets originated
428,174
(117,836)
(203,301)
107,037
Total movement in EAD during the year
453,011
(309,076)
(36,898)
107,037
31 December 2024
15,839,041
365,754
627,502
16,832,297
ECL – Loans and receivables from customers
1 January 2024
270,839
95,096
291,497
657,432
Transfers to/(from)
	
Stage 1
(5,481)
3,743
1,738
–
	
Stage 2
19,524
(28,549)
9,025
–
	
Stage 3
–
74
(74)
–
	
Net financial assets originated
(923)
(10,042)
(1,779)
(12,744)
Transfers between stages
(11,583)
(36,336)
15,211
(32,708)
Movements due to risk parameter and other changes
(60,398)
(5,905)
106,775
40,472
Total net P&L charge/(release) during 2024
(58,861)
(77,015)
130,896
(4,980)
Loans written off against provision/(write back of provision 
no longer required)
–
–
(132,290)
(132,290)
31 December 2024
211,978
18,081
290,103
520,162
15.  Loans and Receivables from Customers  (continued)
The loss allowance recognised in the period is impacted by a variety of factors, as described below and as detailed 
in the following table:
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Provision for impairment
Movement in allowance for losses on loans and receivables
from customers:
Balance at 1 January
712,238
642,115
645,909
583,426
Net new and increased provisioning/(release of provisions)
(17,492)
92,654
(43,835)
74,710
Loans written off against provisions/(Write back of provisions no 
longer required)
(132,290)
(22,531)
(99,443)
(12,227)
At 31 December
562,456
712,238
502,631
645,909
Provision for impairment is represented by:
Collective provision for on balance sheet exposure
230,059
365,935
211,901
341,734
Individually assessed or specific provision
290,103
291,497
251,599
252,688
Total provisions for on balance sheet exposure
520,162
657,432
463,500
594,422
Collective provision for off balance sheet exposure
42,294
54,806
39,131
51,487
At 31 December
562,456
712,238
502,631
645,909
Loan impairment expense
Net collective provision funding
(135,595)
(1,640)
(132,682)
(165)
Net new and increased individually assessed provisioning
118,103
94,294
88,847
74,875
Total new and increased provisioning/(release of provisions)
(17,492)
92,654
(43,835)
74,710
Recoveries 
(96,538)
(77,833)
(91,695)
(75,569)
Net write off
95,995
157,794
94,880
156,776
At 31 December
(18,035)
172,615
(40,650)
155,917
The loss allowance recognised in the period is impacted by a variety of factors, as described below:
•	 Transfers between Stage 1 and Stages 2 or 3 due to financial instruments experiencing significant increases (or decreases) 
of credit risk or becoming credit-impaired in the period, and the consequent “step up” (or “step down”) between 12-month 
and Lifetime ECL;
•	 Net financial assets originated, which includes additional allowances for new financial instruments recognised during the 
period, net of releases for financial instruments de-recognised in the period; and
•	 Movement in risk parameters and other changes arising from regular refreshing of inputs to models, foreign exchange 
retranslations for assets denominated in foreign currencies and other movements.
8 5
8 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
Financial Instruments: Financial Liabilities
Accounting Policy
Recognition
Financial liabilities are recognised when an obligation arises.
Classification and subsequent measurement
Financial liabilities are classified as subsequently measured 
at amortised cost, except for:
•	 Financial liabilities arising from the transfer of financial 
assets which did not qualify for de-recognition, whereby 
a financial liability is recognised for the consideration 
received for the transfer. In subsequent periods, 
the Group recognises any expense incurred on the 
financial liability; and
•	 	Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments.
De-recognition
Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are 
extinguished (i.e. when the obligation specified in the 
contract is discharged, cancelled or expires).
The exchange between the Group and its original lenders 
of debt instruments with substantially different terms, 
as well as substantial modifications of the terms of existing 
financial liabilities, are accounted for as an extinguishment 
of the original financial liability and the recognition of 
a new financial liability. The terms are substantially different 
if the discounted present value of the cash flows under the 
new terms, including any fees paid net of any fees received 
and discounted using the original effective interest rate, 
is at least 10% different from the discounted present 
value of the remaining cash flows of the original financial 
liability. In addition, other qualitative factors, such as the 
currency that the instrument is denominated in, changes 
in the type of interest rate, new conversion features 
attached to the instrument and change in covenants 
are also taken into consideration. If an exchange of debt 
instruments or modification of terms is accounted for as an 
extinguishment, any costs or fees incurred are recognised 
as part of the gain or loss on the extinguishment. If the 
exchange or modification is not accounted for as an 
extinguishment, any costs or fees incurred adjust the 
carrying amount of the liability and are amortised over 
the remaining term of the modified liability.
Financial guarantee contracts and loan commitments
Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require 
the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the 
holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails 
to make payments when due, in accordance with the 
terms of a debt instrument. Such financial guarantees 
are given to banks, financial institutions and others on 
behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts and other 
banking facilities.
Financial guarantee contracts are initially measured at fair 
value and subsequently measured at the higher of:
•	 The amount of the loss allowance (calculated as 
described in note 15); or
•	 The premium received on initial recognition less income 
recognised in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15.
Expected credit loss on loan commitments provided 
by the Group is measured as the amount of the loss 
allowance (calculated as described in note 15). The 
Group has not provided any commitment to provide 
loans at a below‑market interest rate, or that can be 
settled net in cash or by delivering or issuing another 
financial instrument.
For loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts, 
the loss allowance is recognised as a provision liability.
15.  Loans and Receivables from Customers  (continued)
Total off balance sheet exposures are predominantly classified under Stage 1 as at balance date.
2024
Stage 1
2023
Stage 1
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Gross
exposure
Provisions
Gross
exposure
Provisions
Balance 1 January
3,501,126
54,806
4,593,667
71,081
Increase/(decrease) in exposure to expected credit losses
329,143
(12,512)
(1,092,541)
(16,275)
Balance at 31 December
3,830,269
42,294
3,501,126
54,806
Write-off policy
The Group writes off financial assets, in whole or in part, when it has exhausted all practical recovery efforts and has 
concluded there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery 
include (i) ceasing enforcement activity and (ii) where the Group’s recovery method is foreclosing on collateral and the 
value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full.
The Group may write-off financial assets that are still subject to enforcement activity. The Group still seeks to 
recover amounts it is legally owed in full, but which have been partially written off due to no reasonable expectation 
of full recovery.
16.  Other Assets
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Financial Assets
Funds in transit and other assets1
269,825
357,551
154,870
281,819
Intercompany account
–
–
5,918
5,068
Prepayments
47,058
40,605
40,124
31,793
Accounts receivable
8,456
6,321
6,338
4,519
Accrued income
10,494
11,818
6,209
10,216
Tax receivable
9,096
40,033
13,291
40,836
344,929
456,328
226,750
374,251
Non-Financial Assets
Inventory
36,775
31,872
–
–
Investment in Joint Ventures
273,488
303,617
30,286
29,615
Intangible assets
294,828
282,243
290,923
276,272
Investment properties
388,008
363,166
–
–
993,099
980,898
321,209
305,887
At 31 December
1,338,028
1,437,226
547,959
680,138
1.	 Funds in transit includes interbank transactions which are in the process of clearance.
8 7
8 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
20.  Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
The primary purpose of credit related commitments is to ensure that funds are available to a customer as required. 
Guarantees and standby letters of credit, which represent irrevocable assurances that the bank will make payments in 
the event that a customer cannot meet its obligations to third parties, carry the same credit risk as loans. Cash requirements 
under guarantees and standby letters of credit are considerably less than the amount of the commitment because the 
Group does not generally expect the third party to draw funds under the agreement. 
Commitments to extend credit represent the unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, 
guarantees or letters of credit. With respect to credit risk on commitments to extend credit, the Group is potentially 
exposed to loss in an amount equal to the total unused commitments. However, the likely amount of loss, though not 
difficult to quantify, is considerably less than the total unused commitments since most commitments to extend credit 
are subject to customers maintaining approved specific credit standards. While there is credit risk associated with the 
remainder of commitments, the risk is considered to be modest, since it results from the possibility of unused portions 
of loan authorisations being drawn by the customer and, second, from these drawings subsequently not being repaid 
as due. The total outstanding contractual amount of commitments to extend does not necessarily represent future cash 
requirements, since many of these commitments will expire or terminate without being funded.
The Bank has for some time been working to uplift and strengthen the Group’s systems and processes to comply with 
the Anti-money Laundering and Counter Terrorist Financing Act 2015 (AML and CTF). BSP has implemented various 
improvements, involving significant investment in systems and personnel, to its AML/CTF Program. 
Improvements undertaken by BSP include a revision of governance structures to give Directors enhanced oversight 
over the Compliance and AML functions; increased AML staffing resources; updated Risk Assessments and Policies; 
implementation of and enhancements to transaction monitoring systems; improved customer documentation and 
identification procedures and a comprehensive AML/CTF training program for staff who support the AML/CTF Program, 
as well as an awareness program for all its staff. The Board also monitors the effectiveness of its AML and CTF program 
through internal and external audit reviews where specific compliance issues and weaknesses are brought to the 
attention of the Board. This is an ongoing process and further uplifting and strengthening of the AML and CTF program 
may be required. 
The Financial Analysis and Supervision Unit (FASU) had advised BSP on 22 December 2022 that no penalties or fines will 
be levied in relation to the most recent external audit of BSP’s AML/CTF policies and procedures. FASU have advised they 
will continue to monitor progress on the execution of BSP’s Action Plan designed to improve the level of compliance with 
AML/CTF policies and procedures. Accordingly, no provision has been raised for this matter.
The Group operates in a number of regulated markets and is subject to regulatory reviews and inquiries. The potential 
outcome and total costs associated with these regulatory reviews and inquiries and the remediation processes for any 
issues identified in the future remain uncertain.
Off balance sheet financial instruments
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Letters of credit
231,074
238,236
227,192
230,572
Guarantees and indemnities issued
324,211
286,312
300,354
267,390
Commitments to extend credit
3,274,770
2,976,617
3,047,330
2,819,050
3,830,055
3,501,165
3,574,876
3,317,012
Commitments for capital expenditure
Amounts with firm commitments, and not reflected in the accounts
87,167
44,585
67,141
16,358
Legal proceedings
A number of legal proceedings against the Group were outstanding as at 31 December 2024. For all litigation exposure 
where a loss is probable, an appropriate provision has been made. Based on information available at 31 December 2024, 
the Group estimates a contingent liability of K17.1 million (2023: K16.4 million) in respect of these proceedings. 
17.  Amounts Due to Other Banks
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Vostro account balances
151,874
155,078
151,874
155,100
Interbank account balances
108,324
208,587
505,864
449,685
At 31 December
260,198
363,665
657,738
604,785
18.  Customer Deposits
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
On demand and short term deposits
25,943,817
26,845,460
24,440,318
25,598,031
Term deposits
3,139,144
2,989,651
2,614,792
2,313,946
At 31 December
29,082,961
29,835,111
27,055,110
27,911,977
The deposits are diversified across industries and regions with the maturity profile of deposits included in note 23.
19.  Other Liabilities
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Creditors and accruals
301,679
131,693
262,850
92,135
Items in transit and all other liabilities
678,940
428,128
776,351
541,337
Lease liability
267,943
279,816
238,002
251,468
Insurance business other liabilities
140,040
152,600
–
–
Other provisions
242,369
205,652
216,110
187,418
At 31 December
1,630,971
1,197,889
1,493,313
1,072,358
Repurchase agreements
Where securities are sold subject to an agreement to repurchase at a predetermined price, they remain recognised 
in the balance sheet in their original category (investment securities). Repurchase agreements are recognised at fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. The cash consideration received is recognised as a liability. 
As at 31 December 2024, K295 million (2023: nil) recognised in items in transit and all other liabilities.
8 9
8 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
The Group’s rating method comprises 11 rating levels for instruments not in default (1 to 11) and three default classes (12 to 14). 
The master scale assigns each rating category a specified range of probabilities of default, which is stable over time. 
The rating methods are subject to an annual validation and recalibration so that they reflect the latest projections in the 
light of all actually observed defaults.
Group Internal Scale
S&P Letter Grade
Description
1
BBB+
Standard Monitoring
2
BBB
3
BBB-
4
BB+
5
BB
6
BB-
7
B+
8
B
9
B-
10
CCC+
Special Monitoring
11
CCC
12
CCC-
Substandard
13
D–I
Doubtful
14
D–II
Loss
22.1.2  Expected credit loss measurement
IFRS 9 outlines a ‘three-stage’ model for impairment based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition, 
as summarised below:
•	 A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in ‘Stage 1’ and has its credit risk 
continuously monitored by the Group.
•	 If a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to ‘Stage 2’ 
but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired. Please refer to note 22.1.2.1 for a description of how the Group determines 
when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred.
•	 If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to ‘Stage 3’. Please refer to note 
22.1.2.2 for a description of how the Group defines credit-impaired and default.
Financial instruments in Stage 1 have their ECL measured at an amount equal to the portion of lifetime expected credit 
losses that result from default events possible within the next 12 months. Instruments in Stages 2 or 3 have their ECL 
measured based on expected credit losses on a lifetime basis. Please refer to note 22.1.2.3 for a description of inputs, 
assumptions and estimation techniques used in measuring the ECL.
•	 A pervasive concept in measuring ECL in accordance with IFRS 9 is that it should consider forward-looking information. 
Note 22.1.2.3 includes an explanation of how the Group has incorporated this in its ECL models.
The following diagram summarises the impairment requirements under IFRS 9. 
  Change in credit quality since initial recognition 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
(Initial recognition)
(Significant increase in credit 
risk since initial recognition)
(Credit-impaired assets)
12-month expected credit losses
Lifetime expected credit losses
Lifetime expected credit losses
Risk Management
21.  Risk Management Framework and Controls
All business operations must deal with a variety 
of operational and financial risks. The business activities 
of a bank expose it to very critical and specific risks, which 
are principally related to the Group’s primary financial 
intermediary role in the financial markets, including the 
use of financial instruments including derivatives. These 
risks (risk of an adverse event in the financial markets that 
may result in loss of earnings) include liquidity risk, foreign 
exchange risk, interest rate risk and credit risk.
The Group accepts deposits from customers at both fixed 
and floating rates and for various periods and seeks to earn 
above average interest margins by investing these funds 
in high quality assets. These margins are achieved and 
increased by consolidating short-term funds and lending 
for longer periods at higher rates whilst maintaining 
sufficient liquidity to meet all claims that might fall due.
The Group also seeks to optimise its interest margins by 
obtaining above average returns, net of provisions, through 
lending to commercial and retail borrowers with a range of 
credit standing. In addition to directly advancing funds to 
borrowers, the Group also enters into guarantees and other 
commitments such as letters of credit, performance bonds, 
and other bonds.
The Group also enters into transactions denominated 
in foreign currencies. This activity generally requires 
the Group to take foreign currency positions in order 
to exploit short term movements in the foreign currency 
market. The Board places limits on the size of these 
positions. The Group also has a policy of using offsetting 
commitments for foreign exchange contracts, effectively 
minimising the risk of loss due to adverse movements 
in foreign currencies.
Risk in the Group is managed through a system of 
delegated limits. These limits set the maximum level 
of risk that can be assumed by each operational unit and 
the Group as a whole. The limits are delegated from the 
Board of Directors to executive management and hence 
to the respective operational managers.
The risk management framework establishes roles, 
responsibilities and accountabilities of the Asset and 
Liability Committee, the Credit Committee, the Operational 
Risk Committee and the Executive Committee, the specific 
management committees charged with the responsibility 
for ensuring the Group has appropriate systems, policies 
and procedures to measure, monitor and report on risk 
management. The framework also includes policies and 
procedures which detail formal feedback processes to 
these management committees, to the Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee, Board Risk Committee and 
ultimately to the Board of Directors.
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality
22.1  Credit risk
The Group incurs risk with regard to loans and receivables 
due from customers and other monies or investments 
held with financial institutions. Credit risk is the likelihood 
of future financial loss resulting from the failure of clients 
or counter-parties to meet contractual obligations to the 
Group as they fall due.
Credit risk is managed by analysing the risk spread 
across various sectors of the economy and ensuring 
risk is diversely spread across personal and commercial 
customers. Individual exposures are measured using 
repayment performance, reviews and statistical techniques. 
Comprehensive credit standards and approval limits have 
been formulated and approved by the Credit Committee. 
The Credit Committee (reporting to the Board through 
the Group Chief Executive Officer) is responsible for 
the development and implementation of credit policy 
and loan portfolio review methodology. The Credit 
Committee is the final arbiter of risk management 
and loan risk concentration. 
The Group has in place processes that identify, assess and 
control credit risk in relation to the loan portfolio, to assist 
in determining the appropriateness of provisions for loan 
impairment. These processes also enable assessments 
to be made of other classes of assets that may carry an 
element of credit risk. The Group assigns quality indicators 
to its credit exposures to determine the asset quality profile.
22.1.1  Credit risk measurement
Loans and advances 
(including loan commitments and guarantees)
The estimation of credit exposure for risk management 
purposes is complex and requires the use of models, 
as the exposure varies with changes in market conditions, 
expected cash flows and the passage of time. The 
assessment of credit risk of a portfolio of assets entails 
further estimations as to the likelihood of defaults 
occurring, of the associated loss ratios and of default 
correlations between counterparties. The Group measures 
credit risk using Probability of Default (PD), Exposure 
at Default (EAD) and Loss Given Default (LGD).
Credit risk grading
The Group uses an internal credit risk grading system 
that reflects its assessment of the probability of default 
of individual counterparties. Borrower and loan specific 
information collected at the time of application 
(such as disposable income, and level of collateral for 
retail exposures; and turnover and industry type for 
wholesale exposures) is fed into this rating model. This 
is supplemented with external data such as credit bureau 
scoring information on individual borrowers. In addition, the 
models enable expert judgement from the Group Chief Risk 
Officer to be fed into the final internal credit rating for each 
exposure. This allows for considerations which may not be 
captured as part of the other data inputs into the model.
91
9 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
22.1.2.3 Measuring ECL – Explanation of inputs, 
assumptions and estimation techniques
The Expected Credit Loss (ECL) is measured on either 
a 12-month (12M) or Lifetime basis depending on whether 
a significant increase in credit risk has occurred since 
initial recognition or whether an asset is considered to be 
credit‑impaired. Expected credit losses are the product of 
the Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD), 
and Loss Given Default (LGD), defined as follows:
•	 The PD represents the likelihood of a borrower defaulting 
on its financial obligation (as per “Definition of default 
and credit-impaired” above), either over the next 
12 months (12M PD), or over the remaining lifetime 
(Lifetime PD) of the obligation.
•	 EAD is based on the amounts the Group expects to 
be owed at the time of default, over the next 12 months 
(12M EAD) or over the remaining lifetime (Lifetime EAD). 
For example, for a revolving commitment, the Group 
includes the current drawn balance plus any further 
amount that is expected to be drawn up to the current 
contractual limit by the time of default, should it occur.
•	 Loss Given Default (LGD) represents the Group’s 
expectation of the extent of loss on a defaulted exposure. 
LGD varies by type of counterparty, type and seniority 
of claim and availability of collateral or other credit 
support. LGD is expressed as a percentage loss per 
unit of exposure at the time of default (EAD).
Forward-looking economic information is also included 
in determining the 12-month and lifetime PD, EAD and 
LGD. These assumptions vary by product type. Model 
adjustments are also included within the ECL allowance. 
Model adjustments are used in circumstances where it is 
judged that the existing inputs, assumptions and model 
techniques do not capture all relevant risk factors. The 
emergence of new macroeconomic, microeconomic 
factors, changes to parameters or credit risk data not 
incorporated into current parameters are examples 
of such circumstances.
The Group used statistical models to convert historical PDs 
into forward looking lifetime PDs. The conversion process 
looks at the historical relationship between long-term 
PDs for a particular year and the observed (annual) default 
rate for the same year (called the ‘Z-factor’) and a set of 
systematic factors for the year. The Group has performed 
historical analysis and identified the key economic variables 
(systematic factors) impacting credit risk and expected 
credit losses which are as follows:
•	 GDP Growth (%)
•	 Change in Unemployment (%)
•	 Change in Equity Index (%)
•	 Change in Energy Index (%)
•	 Change in Non-Energy Index (%)
•	 Change in the Proportion of Downgrades (%)
These are then compared to the expected systematic 
factors and long-term PDs for a future year to estimate the 
PiT PDs for that future year. Forecasts of these economic 
variables (the “base economic scenario”) are provided by 
the Group’s Strategy team and provide the best estimate 
view of the economy over the next five years. Z-factors are 
estimated for five years based on forecast systematic data 
and all future years from year 6 are adjusted using Z-factors 
which diminish in magnitude from the one estimated 
for year 5. 
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
The key judgements and assumptions adopted by the 
Group in addressing the requirements of the standard 
are discussed below:
22.1.2.1  Significant increase in credit risk
The Group considers a financial instrument to have 
experienced a significant increase in credit risk when 
one or more of the following quantitative, qualitative 
or backstop criteria have been met:
•	 Qualitative criteria – if the instrument meets one or more 
of the following criteria:
•	 	Significant adverse changes in business, financial 
and/or economic conditions in which the 
borrower operates.
•	 	Actual or expected forbearance or restructuring.
•	 	Actual or expected significant adverse change 
in operating results of the borrower.
•	 	Significant change in collateral value (secured facilities 
only) which is expected to increase risk of default.
•	 	Early signs of cash flow/liquidity problems such 
as delay in servicing of trade creditors/loans.
•	 Quantitative criteria – applies to performing loans risk 
graded at 10 or 11 as per BSP’s credit rating system which 
are ‘watch list’ categories. By definition, these have 
experienced a SICR event since inception hence need 
to be classified as Stage 2, with lifetime PDs applicable. 
This criteria applies regardless of whether loans in these 
two risk grades are in arrears or not.
•	 Backstop – A backstop is applied and the financial 
instrument considered to have experienced a significant 
increase in credit risk if the borrower is more than 30 days 
past due on its contractual payments. The Group has 
not used the low credit risk exemption for any financial 
instrument in the year ended 31 December 2024.
22.1.2.2 Definition of default and credit‑impaired assets
The Group defines a financial instrument as in default, 
which is fully aligned with the definition of credit-impaired, 
when it meets one or more of the following criteria:
Quantitative criteria
The borrower is more than 90 days past due on its 
contractual payments.
Qualitative criteria
The borrower meets unlikeliness to pay criteria, which 
indicates the borrower is in significant financial difficulty. 
These are instances where:
•	 The borrower is in long-term forbearance.
•	 The borrower is deceased.
•	 The borrower is insolvent.
•	 The borrower is in breach of financial covenant(s).
•	 An active market for that financial asset has disappeared 
because of financial difficulties.
•	 Concessions have been made by the lender relating 
to the borrower’s financial difficulty.
•	 It is becoming probable that the borrower will 
enter bankruptcy.
•	 Financial assets are purchased or originated at a deep 
discount that reflects the incurred credit losses.
The criteria above have been applied to all financial 
instruments held by the Group and are consistent with 
the definition of default used for internal credit risk 
management purposes. The default definition has been 
applied consistently to model the Probability of Default 
(PD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Loss given Default 
(LGD) throughout the Group’s expected loss calculations.
An instrument is considered to no longer be in default 
(i.e. to have cured) when it no longer meets any of the 
default criteria for a consecutive period of six months. 
This period of six months has been determined based 
on an analysis which considers the likelihood of a financial 
instrument returning to default status after cure using 
different possible cure definitions.
9 3
9 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
Sensitivity Analysis
As described above, the Group applies 3 alternative macroeconomic scenarios (base, upside, downside scenarios) to reflect 
an unbiased probability weighted range of possible future outcomes in estimating ECL.
The most significant assumptions affecting the ECL allowance are as follows:
i)	 GDP given the significant impact on business performance and collateral valuations; 
ii)	 Change in proportion of downgrades given that it is “BSP specific” and addresses potential signs of stress both within 
credit markets in general and in client specific portfolios. 
Set out below are approximate levels of provisions for impairment under the base and downside scenarios for the group 
assuming 100% weighting was applied to each scenario holding all other assumptions constant.
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
Reported probability weighted ECL
562,456
712,238
100% base scenario
537,869
644,209
100% downside scenario
591,426
760,560
Sensitivity of provisions for impairment to SICR assessment criteria 
•	 If 1% of Stage 1 credit exposures as at 31 December 2024 was included in Stage 2, provisions for impairment would 
approximately increase by K7.401 million for the bank. (31 December 2023 K8.022 million).
•	 If 1% of Stage 2 credit exposures as at 31 December 2024 was included in Stage 1, provisions for impairment would 
approximately decrease by K0.206 million for the bank. (31 December 2023 K0.247 million).
22.1.2.4 Grouping of instruments for losses measured on a collective basis
For expected credit loss provisions modelled on a collective basis, a grouping of exposures is performed on the basis 
of shared risk characteristics, such that risk exposures within a group are homogeneous.
In performing this grouping, there must be sufficient information for the group to be statistically credible. Where sufficient 
information is not available internally, the Group has considered benchmarking internal/external supplementary data to use 
for modelling purposes. The characteristics and any supplementary data used to determine groupings are outlined below:
Retail – Groupings for collective measurement
•	 Loan to value ratio band
•	 Risk Grade
•	 Product type (e.g. Residential/Buy to Let mortgage, Overdraft, Credit Card)
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
Economic variable assumptions
The period-end assumptions used for the ECL estimate as at 31 December 2024 are set out below. The scenarios “base”, 
“upside” and “downside” were used for all portfolios.
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
GDP Growth (%)
Base
3.5%
3.3%
3.3%
3.3%
3.3%
Upside
4.0%
3.4%
3.8%
3.8%
3.8%
Downside
3.1%
3.0%
2.8%
2.8%
2.8%
Change in Unemployment 
Base
–3.5%
–3.3%
–3.3%
–3.3%
–3.3%
(% total lab force) (%)
Upside
–4.0%
–3.4%
–3.8%
–3.8%
–3.8%
Downside
–3.1%
–3.0%
–2.8%
–2.8%
–2.8%
Change in Equity Index (%)
Base
22.0%
Upside
23.0%
Downside
21.0%
Change in Energy Index (%)
Base
–6.3%
–2.1%
–2.1%
–2.1%
–2.1%
Upside
–6.6%
–2.2%
–2.2%
–2.2%
–2.2%
Downside
–5.9%
–2.0%
–2.0%
–2.0%
–2.0%
Change in Non-Energy Index (%)
(Per World Bank commodities 
price forecast)
Base
–3.0%
–1.2%
–1.2%
–1.2%
–1.2%
Upside
–3.2%
–1.3%
–1.3%
–1.3%
–1.3%
Downside
–2.9%
–1.1%
–1.1%
–1.1%
–1.1%
Change in the Proportion 
of Downgrades (%)
Base
–6.0%
Upside
–15.0%
Downside
15.0%
The weightings assigned to each economic scenario at 31 December 2024 were as follows:
Scenario
Base
Upside
Downside
Weight
50%
10%
40%
Other forward-looking considerations not otherwise incorporated within the above scenarios, such as the impact of any 
regulatory, legislative or political changes, have also been considered, but are not deemed to have a material impact and 
therefore no adjustment has been made to the ECL for such factors. This is reviewed and monitored for appropriateness 
on an annual basis.
9 5
9 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
22.1.3.2 Collateral and other credit enhancements
The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. The most common of these is accepting 
collateral for funds advanced. The Group has internal policies on the acceptability of specific classes of collateral or credit 
risk mitigation.
The Group prepares a valuation of the collateral obtained as part of the loan origination process. This assessment is reviewed 
periodically. The principal collateral types for loans and advances are:
•	 Mortgages over residential properties;
•	 Charges over business assets such as premises, inventory and accounts receivable; and
•	 Charges over financial instruments such as debt securities and equities.
Longer-term finance and lending to corporate entities are generally secured; revolving individual credit facilities are 
generally unsecured.
Collateral held as security for financial assets other than loans and advances depends on the nature of the instrument. Debt 
securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured, with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar 
instruments, which are secured by portfolios of financial instruments. 
The Group’s policies regarding obtaining collateral have not significantly changed during the reporting period and there has 
been no significant change in the overall quality of the collateral held by the Group since the prior period.
The Group closely monitors collateral held for financial assets considered to be credit-impaired, as it becomes more likely 
that the Group will take possession of collateral to mitigate potential credit losses. 
Financial assets that are credit-impaired and related collateral held in order to mitigate potential losses are shown below:
31 December 2024
Consolidated
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Gross
exposure
Impairment
allowance
Carrying
amount
Fair value
of collateral
held
Credit-impaired assets
Loans to individuals:
–  Overdrafts
 35,084 
 8,422 
 26,662 
 24,117 
–  Credit cards
 154 
 154 
 – 
 – 
–  Term loans
 43,649 
 28,227 
 15,422 
 46,186 
–  Mortgages
 182,954 
 79,412 
 103,542 
 230,932 
Loans to corporate entities:
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
–  Large corporate customers
 277,890 
 133,319 
 144,571 
 215,926 
–  Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs)
 87,449 
 40,373 
 47,076 
 111,573 
–  Others
 322 
 196 
 126 
 872 
Total credit-impaired assets
 627,502 
 290,103 
 337,399 
 629,606 
31 December 2023
Total credit-impaired assets
664,400
291,497
372,903
750,247
Impairment allowance is assessed for each counterparty giving regard to collateral held for the respective exposure.
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
22.1.3 Credit risk exposure
22.1.3.1 Maximum exposure to credit risk – Financial instruments subject to impairment
The following table contains an analysis of the credit risk exposure of financial instruments for which an ECL allowance 
is recognised. The gross carrying amount of financial assets below also represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit 
risk on these assets.
All amounts are expressed in K’000
ECL staging
2024
2023
Stage 1
12-month
Stage 2
Lifetime
Stage 3
Lifetime
Total
Total
Credit grade
Standard monitoring
15,839,041
197,692
–
16,036,733
15,690,659
Special monitoring
–
168,062
–
168,062
370,201
Default
–
–
627,502
627,502
664,400
Gross carrying amount
15,839,041
365,754
627,502
16,832,297
16,725,260
Loss allowance
(211,978)
(18,081)
(290,103)
(520,162)
(657,432)
Net Carrying amount
15,627,063
347,673
337,399
16,312,135
16,067,828
Information on how the Expected Credit Loss (ECL) is measured and how the three stages above are determined is included 
in note 15 ‘Expected credit loss measurement’. 
The total balance of investment securities measured at amortised cost K9,075.916 million (2023: K9,635.724 million) 
is classified as Stage 1 with a credit grade of ‘standard monitoring’. Total loss allowance carried against this balance 
is K55.252 million (2023: K55.429 million). 
The following table contains an analysis of the maximum credit risk exposure from financial assets not subject 
to impairment (i.e. FVPL):
Maximum exposure to credit risk
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
Trading assets
Equity securities
333,259
313,860
9 7
9 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
22.1.6  Economic sector risk concentrations
Economic sector risk concentrations within the customer loan portfolio are as follows:
Consolidated
As at 31 December 2024
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
%
2023
%
Commerce, finance and other business
8,110,804
50
7,759,590
48
Private households
4,335,401
27
4,331,761
27
Government and public authorities
647,899
4
696,574
4
Agriculture
200,478
1
367,284
2
Forestry
1,539
–
3,810
–
Transport and communication
1,368,355
8
1,216,261
8
Manufacturing
451,487
3
429,990
3
Construction
1,153,878
7
1,207,752
8
Net loan portfolio balance
16,269,841
100
16,013,022
100
22.1.7 Loan segment concentration
Concentration by customer loan segments is as follows:
Consolidated
As at 31 December 2024
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
%
2023
%
Corporate/Commercial
9,405,533
58
9,224,478
58
Government
2,056,288
13
2,234,613
14
Retail
4,808,020
29
4,553,931
28
Net loan portfolio balance
16,269,841
100
16,013,022
100
22.1.8 Impact of overlays on the provision for ECL
The following table attributes the breakup between modelled ECL and other economic overlays. Where there is increased 
uncertainty regarding the required forward-looking economic conditions under IFRS 9, or limitations of the historical data 
used to calibrate the models to current stressed environments, overlays are typically used to address areas of potential risk 
not captured in the underlying modelled ECL.
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
Modelled provision for ECL (Stage 1 and 2)
264,944
396,008
Overlays
7,409
24,733
Total 
272,353
420,741
23.  Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk of being unable to meet financial obligations as they fall due. The Board, through the Asset 
and Liability Committee, sets liquidity policy to ensure that the Group has sufficient funds available to meet all its known 
and potential obligations. 
The matching and controlled mismatching of the maturities and interest rates of assets and liabilities is fundamental 
to the management of banking activities. An unmatched position potentially enhances profitability, but can also increase 
the risk of losses.
22.  Credit Risk and Asset Quality  (continued)
22.1.4  Credit Quality – Prudential guidelines
The prudential standard maintained by the Bank of Papua New Guinea specifies detailed criteria for the classification 
of loans into various grades of default risk and corresponding loss provision levels as a consequence of those grades.
An analysis by credit quality of loans outstanding at 31 December 2024 is as follows:
Consolidated
As at 31 December 2024
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Overdrafts
Term loans
Mortgages
Lease
financing
Total
2023
Neither past due nor impaired
1,058,263
10,675,486
2,561,383
196,838
14,491,970
14,718,890
Past due but not impaired
Less than 30 days
19,939
173,977
81,316
300
275,532
819,404
30 to 90 days
48,996
945,552
435,231
7,514
1,437,293
522,566
68,935
1,119,529
516,547
7,814
1,712,825
1,341,970
Individually impaired loans
Less than 30 days
1,741
3,345
5,327
17
10,430
12,950
30 to 90 days
1,772
36,697
36,237
4,295
79,001
131,155
91 to 360 days
2,563
23,469
38,134
474
64,640
124,797
More than 360 days
27,380
288,409
149,884
7,758
473,431
395,498
33,456
351,920
229,582
12,544
627,502
664,400
Total gross loans and receivables 
from customers
1,160,654
12,146,935
3,307,512
217,196
16,832,297
16,725,260
Less impairment provisions
(282,125)
(179,728)
(95,235)
(5,368)
(562,456)
(712,238)
Net loans and receivables 
from customers
878,529
11,967,207
3,212,277
211,828
16,269,841
16,013,022
22.1.5 Credit related commitments
These instruments are used to ensure that funds are available to a customer as required. The Group deals principally 
in the credit related commitments set out below.
Guarantees and standby letters of credit, which represent irrevocable assurances that the Group will make payments 
in the event that a customer cannot meet its obligations to third parties, carry the same risk as loans.
Documentary and trade letters of credit are written undertakings by the Group on behalf of a customer, authorising a third 
party to draw drafts on the Group for specified amounts under specified terms and conditions. They are collateralised by 
the underlying shipments of goods to which they relate and therefore carry less risk than a conventional loan.
Commitments to extend credit represent undrawn portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, 
guarantees or letters of credit. Whilst the potential exposure to loss equates to the total undrawn commitments, the likely 
amount of loss is less than the total commitment since the commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers 
maintaining specific credit standards. The Group monitors the term to maturity of these commitments because longer term 
commitments generally carry a greater degree of credit risk than shorter term commitments.
9 9
9 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
24.  Operational Risk
Operational risk is the potential exposure to unexpected financial or non-financial losses arising from the way in which 
the Group conducts its business. Examples of operational risks include employee errors, systems failures, fire, floods, 
or similar losses to physical assets, fraud, or criminal activity. Operational risk is managed through formal policies, 
documented procedures, business practices and compliance monitoring. 
An operational risk management function is responsible for the maintenance of these policies, procedures, practices 
and monitoring the organisation’s compliance with them. The Operational Risk Committee coordinates the management 
process across the organisation.
An independent internal audit function also conducts regular reviews to monitor compliance with approved BPNG 
standards and examines the general standard of control.
The Operational Risk Committee and the internal audit function mandatorily report to the Board Risk Committee 
and Board Audit and Compliance Committee.
25.  Foreign Exchange Risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk to earnings caused by a change in foreign exchange rates on open currency positions. 
The objective of foreign exchange risk management within the Group is to minimise the impact on earnings of any 
such movement.
The Group accepts foreign currency denominated transactions and therefore has exposure to movements in foreign 
currency. The Group has a policy to offset these transactions to minimise daily exposure. As foreign exchange contracts 
generally consist of offsetting commitments, they involve only limited foreign exchange risk to the Group and material 
loss is not envisaged.
Currency concentration of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet items
Consolidated
As at 31 December 2024
All amounts are expressed in K’000
PGK
FJD
SBD
USD
Other
Total
Assets
Cash and balances with Central Banks
2,879,405
1,903,613
905,783
12,944
915,245
6,616,990
Amounts due from other banks
48,597
472,377
4,211
790,328
558,665
1,874,178
Treasury and Central Bank Bills
2,429,758
–
22,611
–
65,283
2,517,652
Loans and receivables from customers
9,768,799
4,545,685
472,605
215,790
1,266,962
16,269,841
Other financial assets
6,505,837
606,805
–
–
45,329
7,157,971
Other assets
1,359,467
1,085,233
81,838
–
160,181
2,686,719
Total assets
22,991,863
8,613,713
1,487,048
1,019,062
3,011,665
37,123,351
Liabilities
Amounts due to other banks
40,081
(230,856)
(1,070)
–
(68,353)
(260,198)
Customer deposits
(18,742,406)
(5,418,632)
(1,105,614)
(1,013,553)
(2,802,756) (29,082,961)
Other liabilities
(1,108,696)
(1,882,746)
(50,957)
(1,296)
(83,431)
(3,127,126)
Total liabilities
(19,811,021)
(7,532,234)
(1,157,641)
(1,014,849)
(2,954,540) (32,470,285)
Net on-balance sheet position
3,180,842
1,081,479
329,407
4,213
57,125
4,653,066
Off-balance sheet position
–
–
–
197
(411)
(214)
Credit commitments
1,292,299
2,207,475
42,703
–
287,792
3,830,269
23.  Liquidity Risk  (continued)
Short-term mismatch of asset and liability maturity at 31 December 2024
The maturity profile of material Assets and Liabilities as at 31 December 2024 is shown in the following table. 
The mismatching of maturity of assets and liabilities indicates an apparent negative net “current” asset position. 
However, as stated in the preceding paragraph, mismatched positions are established and managed to achieve profit 
opportunities that arise from them, particularly in a normal yield curve environment. Accordingly, this mismatched 
maturity position is considered manageable by the Group, and does not impair the ability of the Group to meet its financial 
obligations as they fall due. Liquidity management is centrally coordinated by Group Treasury, with oversight from the Asset 
and Liability Committee (ALCO). The Group’s Liquidity Policy provides a standalone framework for assessing the behavioural 
maturity of the deposit portfolio, ensuring the Group’s ability to meet obligations under various market conditions. 
Maturity of assets and liabilities (gross contractual cash flows)
Consolidated
As at 31 December 2024
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Up to 1
month
1–3
months
3–12
months
1–5
years
Over
5 years
Total
Assets
Cash and balances with Central Banks 
4,097,577
–
–
–
2,519,413
6,616,990
Amounts due from other banks
1,469,589
230,434
151,643
22,512
–
1,874,178
Treasury and Central Bank bills
739,893
775,477
1,000,747
39,025
–
2,555,142
Loans and receivables from customers
5,546,296
1,003,178
2,263,785
6,942,400
5,109,473
20,865,132
Other financial assets
1,168,640
123,479
799,320
2,973,439
4,782,329
9,847,207
Total assets
13,021,995
2,132,568
4,215,495
9,977,376
12,411,215
41,758,649
Liabilities
Amounts due to other banks
160,528
79,124
19,031
–
1,515
260,198
Customer deposits
27,059,550
403,631
1,178,437
168,790
468,832
29,279,240
Lease liability
–
–
–
164,769
103,174
267,943
Other liabilities
1,992,042
3,061
693,350
45,644
92,154
2,826,251
Other provisions
196,253
15
22,052
372
23,677
242,369
Total liabilities
29,408,373
485,831
1,912,870
379,575
689,352
32,876,001
Net liquidity gap
(16,386,378)
1,646,737
2,302,625
9,597,801
11,721,863
8,882,648
Consolidated
As at 31 December 2023
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Up to 1
month
1–3
months
3–12
months
1–5
years
Over
5 years
Total
Assets
Cash and balances with Central Banks 
3,858,283
–
28,640
–
2,260,974
6,147,897
Amounts due from other banks
1,463,862
307,699
8,116
–
–
1,779,677
Treasury and Central Bank bills
36,256
715,087
2,726,254
364,318
–
3,841,915
Loans and receivables from customers
6,096,831
301,977
3,351,832
7,539,375
3,135,371
20,425,386
Other financial assets
1,467,440
71,666
1,020,700
4,568,393
3,616,630
10,744,829
Total assets
12,922,672
1,396,429
7,135,542
12,472,086
9,012,975
42,939,704
Liabilities
Amounts due to other banks
227,366
39,862
71,739
24,698
–
363,665
Customer deposits
27,548,734
774,518
1,401,126
329,766
438,841
30,492,985
Lease liability
–
–
–
152,613
127,203
279,816
Other liabilities
1,495,713
1,098
540,418
126,696
77,825
2,241,750
Other provisions
197,382
–
8,269
–
–
205,651
Total liabilities
29,469,195
815,478
2,021,552
633,773
643,869
33,583,867
Net liquidity gap
(16,546,523)
580,951
5,113,990
11,838,313
8,369,106
9,355,837
101
10 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
25.  Foreign Exchange Risk  (continued)
Currency concentration of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet items
Forward exchange contracts outstanding at 31 December 2024 stated at the face value of the respective contracts are:
All amounts are 
expressed in ’000 
As at 31 December 2024
USD
AUD
EURO
GBP
JPY
Other
Total
FCY
(863)
–
–
–
(127,104)
(584)
–
Selling
Kina
(3,453)
–
–
–
(3,255)
(2,336)
(9,044)
FCY
912
6
–
–
135,000
427
–
Buying
Kina
3,650
16
–
–
3,457
1,707
8,830
As at 31 December 2023
USD
AUD
EURO
GBP
JPY
Other
Total
FCY
(991)
(21)
–
–
(100,324)
(1,075)
–
Selling
Kina
(3,695)
(52)
–
–
(2,645)
(4,008)
(10,400)
FCY
1,236
178
149
–
1,241
1,269
–
Buying
Kina
4,608
453
614
–
33
4,731
10,439
26.  Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk in the balance sheet arises from the potential for a change in interest rate to have an adverse effect on 
the revenue earnings in the current reporting period and future years. As interest rates and yield curves change over time 
the Group may be exposed to a loss in earnings due to the effects of interest rates on the structure of the balance sheet. 
Sensitivity to interest rates arises from mismatches in the re-pricing dates, cash flows and other characteristics of the 
assets and their corresponding liability funding. 
These mismatches are actively managed as part of the overall interest rate risk management process governed by the 
Assets and Liability Committee (ALCO), which meets regularly to review the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing levels 
of market interest rates on the financial position and cash flows of the Group. The objective of interest rate risk control is to 
minimise these fluctuations in value and net interest income over time, providing secure and stable sustainable net interest 
earnings in the long term. The table below illustrates the interest sensitivity of assets and liabilities at the balance date.
25.  Foreign Exchange Risk  (continued)
Consolidated
As at 31 December 2023
All amounts are expressed in K’000
PGK
FJD
SBD
USD
Other
Total
Assets
Cash and balances with Central Banks
2,776,705
1,500,354
823,272
12,575
1,034,991
6,147,897
Amounts due from other banks
43,070
380,822
4,880
796,861
554,044
1,779,677
Treasury and Central Bank Bills
3,751,720
–
21,431
–
30,447
3,803,598
Loans and receivables from customers
10,293,112
4,036,379
476,469
280,171
926,891
16,013,022
Other financial assets
5,765,279
567,619
–
–
40,553
6,373,451
Other assets
1,586,730
1,012,874
101,820
–
132,218
2,833,642
Total assets
24,216,616
7,498,048
1,427,872
1,089,607
2,719,144
36,951,287
Liabilities
Amounts due to other banks
(39,162)
(247,495)
–
–
(77,008)
(363,665)
Customer deposits
(20,770,906)
(4,565,672)
(1,073,168)
(880,186)
(2,545,179) (29,835,111)
Other liabilities
(747,358)
(1,624,178)
(55,959)
(3,814)
(77,872)
(2,509,181)
Total liabilities
(21,557,426)
(6,437,345)
(1,129,127)
(884,000)
(2,700,059) (32,707,957)
Net on-balance sheet position
2,659,190
1,060,703
298,745
205,607
19,085
4,243,330
Off-balance sheet position
–
–
–
913
(874)
39
Credit commitments
1,775,078
1,442,267
49,880
–
233,901
3,501,126
The following table presents sensitivities of profit or loss and equity to possible changes in exchange rates applied at 
the end of the reporting period, relative to the functional currency of the respective Group entities, with all other variables 
held constant:
2024
2023
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Impact on
profit or
loss
Impact on
equity
Impact on
profit or 
loss
Impact on
equity
USD strengthening by 5% (2023 – 5%)
219
219
(713)
(713)
USD dollar weakening by 15% (2023 – 15%)
(544)
(544)
1,768
1,768
AUD strengthening by 5% (2023 – 5%)
296
296
128
128
AUD dollar weakening by 15% (2023 – 15%)
(735)
(735)
(316)
(316)
In the normal course of trading, the Group enters into forward exchange contracts. The Group does not actively enter 
into or trade in, complex forms of derivative financial instruments such as currency and interest rate swaps and options.
Exposures in foreign currencies arise where the Group transacts in foreign currencies. This price risk is minimised 
by entering into counterbalancing positions for material exposures as they arise. Forward and spot foreign exchange 
contracts are used.
10 3
10 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
27.  Fair Values of Financial and Non‑Financial Assets and Liabilities
There is no material difference between the fair values and carrying values of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group.
The table below analyses the Group’s financial instruments carried at fair value, by levels in the fair value hierarchy.
The different levels have been defined as follows:
•	 Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•	 Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).
•	 Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
Consolidated 
All amounts are expressed in K’000
As at 31 December 2024
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
a) Financial assets
Equity securities
–
333,259
4,105
337,364
Treasury Bills
–
13,542
–
13,542
Government Inscribed Stock
–
308,158
–
308,158
Non-financial assets
 
 
 
Land and buildings
–
–
570,875
570,875
Investment properties
–
–
388,008
388,008
Aircraft subject to operating lease
–
–
30,006
30,006
Total assets
–
654,959
992,994
1,647,953
b) Financial liabilities
Insurance contract liabilities
–
–
(1,437,650)
(1,437,650)
Total liabilities
–
–
(1,437,650)
(1,437,650)
Consolidated 
All amounts are expressed in K’000
As at 31 December 2023
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3 
Total 
a) Financial assets
Equity securities
– 
308,085
5,775
313,860
Treasury Bills
–
5,018
–
5,018
Government Inscribed Stock
–
277,876
–
277,876
Non-financial assets
Land and buildings
–
–
582,448
582,448
Investment properties
–
–
363,166
363,166
Aircraft subject to operating lease
–
–
32,387
32,387
Total assets
–
590,979
983,776
1,574,755
b) Financial liabilities
Insurance contract liabilities
–
–
(1,249,512)
(1,249,512)
Total liabilities
–
–
(1,249,512)
(1,249,512)
26.  Interest Rate Risk  (continued)
Interest sensitivity of assets, liabilities and off balance sheet items
Consolidated
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Up to 1
month
1–3
months
3–12
months
1–5
years
Over 5
years
Non-
interest
bearing
As at 31 December 2024
Assets
Cash and Balances with Central Banks
1,369,192
–
–
–
–
1,992,424
Amounts due from other banks
610,146
245,809
191,877
22,512
–
803,834
Treasury and Central Bank Bills
746,421
792,546
978,685
–
–
–
Cash reserve requirement with 
Central Banks
–
–
–
–
–
3,255,374
Loans and receivables from customers
12,446,463
151,869
895,053
2,144,181
558,611
73,664
Other financial assets
65,421
491,053
1,117,773
2,990,154
2,493,570
–
Other assets
122,423
66,092
3,115
–
–
2,495,089
Total assets
15,360,066
1,747,369
3,186,503
5,156,847
3,052,181
8,620,385
Liabilities 
Amounts due to other banks
103,070
77,279
19,031
–
–
60,818
Customer deposits
10,604,347
709,587
1,377,522
157,908
86
16,233,511
Other liabilities
309,832
77
178
276,185
59,245
2,180,735
Other provisions
4,897
–
1,795
–
–
294,182
Total liabilities
11,022,146
786,943
1,398,526
434,093
59,331
18,769,246
Interest sensitivity gap
4,337,920
960,426
1,787,977
4,722,754
2,992,850
(10,148,861)
As at 31 December 2023
Assets
Cash and Balances with Central Banks
1,060,602
–
–
–
–
2,245,483
Amounts due from other banks
1,123,433
276,504
102,205
–
–
277,535
Treasury and Central Bank Bills
15,982
707,187
3,080,429
–
–
Cash reserve requirement with 
Central Banks
–
–
–
–
–
2,841,812
Loans and receivables from customers
5,470,385
109,640
2,363,761
5,118,239
2,872,444
78,553
Other financial assets
33,022
231,671
870,822
3,348,886
1,889,050
–
Other assets
63,894
81,322
958
–
–
2,687,468
Total assets
7,767,318
1,406,324
6,418,175
8,467,125
4,761,494
8,130,851
Liabilities 
Amounts due to other banks
155,666
39,862
71,739
24,698
–
71,700
Customer deposits
9,521,996
953,752
1,395,089
203,826
47
17,760,401
Other liabilities
–
21
72
266,846
69,960
1,904,850
Other provisions
3,942
–
–
–
–
263,490
Total liabilities
9,681,604
993,635
1,466,900
495,370
70,007
20,000,441
Interest sensitivity gap
(1,914,286)
412,689
4,951,275
7,971,755
4,691,487 (11,869,590)
Given the profile of assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2024 and prevailing rates of interest, a 1% increase in rates will 
result in a K33.686 million (2023: K29.012 million) increase in net interest income, whilst a 1% decrease in rates will result 
in a K97.052 million (2023: K70.518 million) decrease in net interest income.
10 5
10 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
Capital and Dividends
28.  Ordinary Shares 
Accounting Policy
Share issue costs
External costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are deducted from equity net of any related income taxes.
Number of shares in ‘000s, Book value in K’000
Number
of shares
Book value
At 1 January 2023
467,220
372,110
31 December 2024
467,220
372,110
Dividends on ordinary shares	
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are declared. 
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Dividends paid on ordinary shares
Interim ordinary dividend (2024: 45 toea; 2023: 37 toea)
211,715
174,010
210,249
172,869
Final ordinary dividend (2023: 106 toea; 2022: 140 toea)
500,969
657,803
495,272
654,237
712,684
831,813
705,521
827,106
In accordance with the Papua New Guinea Companies Act 1997 the shares have no par value. The Group’s securities consist 
of ordinary shares which have equal participation and voting rights.  
29.  Retained Earnings and Other Reserves 
Retained earnings
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
At 1 January
3,415,689
3,359,184
2,963,899
2,991,169
Net profit for the year
1,037,711
890,215
1,035,662
800,826
Final dividends paid
(500,969)
(657,606)
(495,272)
(654,237)
Interim dividends paid
(211,715)
(174,010)
(210,249)
(172,869)
Disposal of assets – transfer from asset revaluation
1,746
1,632
1,751
1,462
Amalgamation of Finance PNG with PNG Bank (Note 38) 
–
–
44,468
–
Other
–
(1,103)
–
–
BSP Life policy reserve
(9,494)
(2,452)
(9,494)
(2,452)
Gain attributable to minority interest
(384)
(171)
–
–
At 31 December
 3,732,584 
 3,415,689 
 3,330,765 
 2,963,899 
Other reserves comprise:
Asset revaluation reserve
145,000
134,205
124,442
110,381
Capital reserve
635
635
635
635
Equity component of Fiji Class Shares
21,578
21,578
–
–
Statutory insurance reserve
71,882
62,388
71,882
62,388
Foreign currency translation reserve
274,543
236,024
154,533
129,776
At 31 December
 513,638 
 454,830 
 351,492 
 303,180 
27.  Fair Values of Financial and Non‑Financial Assets and Liabilities  (continued)
Consolidated
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Level 3
2024
2023
Opening balance
983,776
872,220
Total gains and losses recognised in:
–  Profit and loss
(33,313)
(31,582)
–  Other comprehensive income
16,790
51,029
–  Purchases
33,497
45,358
–  Disposals
(1,472)
(1,628)
–  Translation movements
(6,167)
48,379
Closing balance
993,111
983,776
There were no changes in valuation technique for Level 3 recurring fair value measurements during the year ended 
31 December 2024. 
Property, plant and equipment represents commercial land and buildings owned and occupied. Investment properties 
represent land and buildings owned and leased out by the Group. Assets subject to operating lease relate to aircraft owned 
and leased out by the Group. Property, plant and equipment, Investment property and Assets subject to operating lease 
are valued based on valuations provided by independent valuers. 
The frequency of valuations complies with Group policy. The significant inputs used in preparing the valuations relate to: 
•	 Selling prices of similar properties and aircraft
•	 Maintenance costs
•	 Replacement costs 
The fair value of the land and buildings and aircraft are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy due to the use 
of the above mentioned unobservable inputs. 
Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a material 
impact on the Groups’ reported results.
10 7
10 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
30.  Capital Adequacy 
The Group is required to comply with various prudential standards issued by the Bank of Papua New Guinea (BPNG), 
the official authority for the prudential supervision of banks and similar financial institutions in Papua New Guinea. 
Additionally, subsidiaries and branches in Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, Cook Islands, Cambodia and 
Laos are required to adhere to prudential standards issued by the Reserve Bank of Fiji (RBF), Central Bank of Solomon 
Islands (CBSI), The Financial Supervisory Commission (FSC), Central Bank of Samoa (CBS), National Reserve Bank of Tonga 
(NRBT), Reserve Bank of Vanuatu (RBV), the National Bank of Cambodia (NBC) and Bank of Laos P.D.R. One of the most 
critical prudential standards is the capital adequacy requirement. All banks are required to maintain at least the minimum 
acceptable measure of capital to risk-weighted assets to absorb potential losses. The BPNG follows the prudential guidelines 
set by the Bank of International Settlements under the terms of the Basel Accord. The BPNG revised prudential standard 
1/2003, Capital Adequacy, prescribes ranges of overall capital ratios to measure whether a bank is under, adequately, or well 
capitalised, and also prescribes the leverage capital ratio. The Group complies with the prevailing prudential requirements 
for total capital and leverage capital. As at 31 December 2024, the Group’s total capital adequacy ratio and leverage capital 
ratio satisfied the capital adequacy criteria for a ‘well-capitalised’ bank. The minimum capital adequacy requirements set 
out under the standard are: Tier 1 8%, total risk based capital ratio 12% and the leverage ratio 6%.
The measure of capital used for the purposes of prudential supervision is referred to as base capital. Total base capital varies 
from the balance of capital shown on the Statement of Financial Position and is made up of tier 1 capital (core) and tier 2 
capital (supplementary). Tier 1 capital is obtained by deducting from equity capital and audited retained earnings (or losses), 
intangible assets including deferred tax assets. Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of tier 1 capital, and can include 
subordinated loan capital, specified asset revaluation reserves, un-audited profits (or losses) and a small percentage 
of general loan loss provisions. The leverage capital ratio is calculated as Tier 1 capital divided by total assets on the 
balance sheet.
Risk weighted assets are derived from on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets. On balance sheet assets are 
weighted for credit risk by applying weightings (0, 20, 50 and 100 per cent) according to risk classification criteria set 
by the BPNG. Off‑balance sheet exposures are risk weighted in the same way after converting them to on‑balance sheet 
credit equivalents using BPNG specified credit conversion factors. 
The Group’s capital adequacy level is as follows (unaudited):
Balance sheet/
notional amount
Risk-weighted amount
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Balance sheet assets (net of provisions)
Currency
6,616,990
6,147,897
30,087
46,447
Loans and receivables from customers
16,129,056
15,860,753
13,027,973
12,585,259
Investments and short term securities
9,540,231
10,061,461
383,877
336,077
All other assets
4,837,074
4,881,176
2,695,775
2,736,278
Off-balance sheet items
3,830,055
3,501,165
228,542
212,668
Total 
40,953,406
40,452,452
16,366,254
15,916,729
Capital ratios
a)	 Tier 1 capital
3,958,804
3,496,941
24.2%
22.0%
	
Total Capital
4,294,489
3,881,320
26.2%
24.4%
b)	 Leverage Capital Ratio
10.8%
9.6%
The minimum capital adequacy requirements set out under the standard are: Tier 1 8%, total risk based capital ratio 12% and 
the leverage ratio 6%.
29.  Retained Earnings and Other Reserves  (continued)
Other reserves
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Movement in reserves for the year:
Asset revaluation reserve
At 1 January
134,205
96,873
110,381
83,180
Net asset revaluation increment/(decrement)
(2,764)
38,349
503
28,048
Transfer asset revaluation reserve to retained earnings
(1,746)
(1,632)
(1,751)
(1,462)
Others
(4)
–
–
–
Impact of PNG tax rate change
14,561
–
14,561
–
Release of deferred tax on disposal of assets
748
615
748
615
At 31 December
145,000
134,205
124,442
110,381
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Capital reserve
At 1 January
635
635
635
635
At 31 December
635
635
635
635
Statutory insurance reserve
At 1 January
62,388
59,936
62,388
59,936
BSP Life policy reserve
9,494
2,452
9,494
2,452
At 31 December
71,882
62,388
71,882
62,388
Foreign currency translation reserve
At 1 January
236,024
140,859
129,776
81,225
Movement during the year
38,519
94,112
24,757
48,551
Other
–
1,053
–
–
At 31 December
274,543
236,024
154,533
129,776
Equity component of convertible notes
On 20 April 2010, the Group issued 3,064,967 Fiji Dollars (FJD) denominated mandatory convertible notes through its wholly 
owned subsidiary BSP Convertible Notes Limited (BSP CN) at an issue price of FJD5.25 (K7.30) per note. 
The notes mandatorily converted to Fiji Class Shares on 20 April 2013 based on a conversion ratio of 1:1. Key rights of Fiji Class 
Shareholders are as follows:
i)	 The right to receive a dividend equal to the amount of dividend to be paid on BSP Ordinary Shares.
ii)	 The same voting rights as a BSP Ordinary Share and effected through a special voting share held by the Chairman of BSP.
iii)	The Fiji Class Share may be exchanged on a one for one basis into BSP Ordinary Shares at a subsequent date and at the 
option of BSP on the occurrence of certain prescribed events.
10 9
10 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
31.  Insurance  (continued)
A.  Definitions and Classifications
Insurance contracts are contracts by which the Company 
accepts significant insurance risk from a policyholder 
by agreeing to compensate the policyholder if a specified 
uncertain future event adversely affects the policyholder. 
This assessment is made on a contract-by-contract basis 
at the contract issue date.
The Company assesses, on a group of contract basis, 
whether participating contracts meet the definition 
of insurance contracts with direct participating features. 
The Company uses its judgement to assess whether the 
amount expected to be paid to the policyholder constitutes 
a substantial share of fair value returns from the underlying 
items and whether the variable cash flows represent 
a substantial proportion of the cash flows.
B.  Level of aggregation applied to Insurance Contracts
IFRS 17 requires insurance contracts to be recognised and 
measured in groups. The grouping of individual contracts 
under IFRS 17 is performed to limit the offsetting of 
profitable contracts against onerous ones regarding how 
insurers manage and evaluate their business performance. 
A portfolio of Contracts is defined based on Contracts that 
have similar risks and are managed together. The Portfolio 
is further divided into groups based on the year of issue 
and the expected level of profitability. 
The Company issues two types of long-term products 
Participating and Non-Participating products. The products 
falling under each category have similar risks and have 
been managed together (risk transfer and risk pooling). 
C.  Recognition
The Company recognises groups of insurance contracts 
from the earliest of the following:
•	 the beginning of the coverage period;
•	 the date when the first payment from a policyholder 
in the group becomes due; and 
•	 the date when a group of contracts becomes onerous.
D.  Contract boundary
The Company includes in the measurement of a group 
of insurance contracts all the future cash flows expected 
to arise within the boundary of each of the contracts in the 
group. In determining the cash flows within the boundary 
of an insurance contract, the Company assesses whether 
it arises from substantive rights and obligations that 
exist during the reporting period in which the Company 
can compel the policyholder to pay the premiums or the 
Company has the substantive obligation to provide the 
policyholder with services.
Cash flows outside the insurance contract boundary relate 
to future insurance contracts and are recognised when 
those contracts meet the recognition criteria.
E.  Measurement of insurance contract issued
i)  Measurement on initial recognition for contracts 
other than PAA
A group of insurance contracts are measured on initial 
recognition as the sum of the expected fulfilment cash 
flows within the contract boundary and the contractual 
service margin representing the unearned profit in the 
contract relating to services that will be provided under 
the contracts.
Fulfilment cash flows (FCF)
The FCF are the current unbiased and probability-weighted 
estimates of the present value of the future cash flows, 
including a risk adjustment for non-financial risk. The 
Company considers a range of scenarios to establish a full 
range of possible outcomes without undue cost or effort 
about the amount, timing and uncertainty of expected 
future cash flows to arrive at the probability weighted 
value. The estimates of future cash flows reflect conditions 
existing at the measurement date including assumptions 
at that date regarding the future.
Discount rates
The time value of money and financial risk is measured 
separately from the expected future cash flows with 
changes in financial risks recognised in the profit or loss at 
the end of each reporting period. The Company measures 
the time value of money for all portfolios of participating, 
non-participating and riders using a point estimator given 
the maturity of the market and the lack of availability 
of market data. 
Expected cash flows that vary based on the returns on 
any financial underlying items are discounted using the 
top‑down approach. The discount assumption is set using 
the expected earnings on the assets supporting the liability 
and this has been determined using market observed 
reference assets and the anticipated margin for each asset 
category relative to the performance of the reference asset. 
Group Structure
31.  Insurance
The Group’s consolidated Financial Statements include the assets, liabilities, income and expense of the life and general 
insurance businesses. The Group’s insurance business is made up of Life Insurance Contracts, Medical Insurance and Term 
Life Insurance. Insurance Contract products are provided by BSP Life (Fiji) Limited and BSP Life PNG Limited (collectively 
referred to in this note as the Company.)
Summary of Measurement Approach
The company uses different measurement approaches, depending on the type of contracts as noted below:
Product classification
Measurement Model
Component of Contracts Issued
Participating Base Products
Insurance contracts with 
Direct participating features
VFA
Riders of Participating Base Products
Insurance contracts
GMM
Non-Participating Contract (including associated riders)
Insurance contracts
GMM
Reinsurance Contracts held
Term Life and Disability – Surplus Reinsurance
Reinsurance contract held
GMM
Term Life and Disability – Catastrophe Insurance Cover
Reinsurance contract held
PAA
The Company does not have any reinsurance contract issued, that qualify as insurance contacts under IFRS 17.
IFRS 17 defines a General Measurement Model (GMM) to use for valuing Insurance Contracts, with two modifications 
of this model applicable under certain circumstances. The GMM requires the projection of future cash flows related 
to insurance contracts using current financial and non-financial assumptions. The two other modifications of the GMM 
are described below;
•	 The Variable Fee Approach (VFA), insurance contracts with direct participation features are eligible to use this model. 
The model allows for the variable nature of fees that the Company earns from the Insurance Contracts, which depend 
on the underlying assets’ performance.
•	 The Premium Allocation Approach (PAA) is a simplified model which does not require future projections to satisfy 
the requirements under IFRS 17, provided that the Insurance Contracts sold are profitable.
111
110   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
31.  Insurance  (continued)
iii)  Subsequent measurement for Reinsurance 
contracts other than PAA
Changes in fulfilment cash flows
At the end of each reporting period, the Company updates 
the fulfilment cash flows to reflect the current estimates 
of the amounts, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows 
and discount rates.
Experience adjustment 
Experience adjustments in relation to current or past 
service are recognised in the profit or loss, hence, incurred 
claims (including incurred but not reported) and other 
incurred insurance service expenses are included in the 
profit or loss. Experience adjustments in relation to future 
service are included in adjustments to the CSM. 
The carrying amount of the CSM is adjusted at the end of 
the reporting period to reflect changes in the FCF applying 
the same approach as for insurance contracts issued, 
expect that the change in carrying amount can cause 
the CSM to be negative.
Recognition of the CSM in profit or loss
CSM amount is released to profit or loss in each period 
during which the insurance contract services are provided.
The CSM amount to be released in each reporting period 
is determined as the coverage unit provided for the period 
as a percentage of the total expected coverage unit, applied 
to the CSM at the end. The total number of coverage units 
in the group is determined by considering for each contract 
the quantity of benefits provided under the contract and 
the expected coverage period. The total coverage unit, 
except for Participating Base Contracts, is calculated 
by discounting future coverage unit at the risk free 
discount rate.
The CSM at the end of the reporting period is equally 
allocated to each of the coverage units provided in the 
current period and expected to be provided in the future. 
The CSM recognised in the profit or loss reflects the 
amount of CSM allocated to the coverage units provided 
during the period. 
iv)  Onerous Contracts
The onerous assessment is done on an individual 
contract level assessing future expected cash flows on 
a probability‑weighted basis including a risk adjustment 
for non‑financial risk. On initial recognition, the contracts 
expected to be loss making are grouped together and 
such groups are measured and presented separately. 
Once contracts are allocated to a group, they are not 
re‑allocated unless they are substantively modified. 
For Participating Base Products, the onerous assessment 
takes into consideration the cashflow between the 
contracts in the Group of Contracts.
A group of insurance contracts become onerous when 
the adjustment to the CSM exceeds the amount of CSM 
and the Company recognises the excess in insurance 
service expenses and records it as a loss component 
of the LRC.
After a loss component is recognised, the Company 
allocates any subsequent changes in FCF of the LRC on 
a systematic basis between the loss component and the 
LRC excluding the loss component.
F.  Contracts measured under the fair value
The Company applied the fair value approach for those 
contracts issued more than 5 years prior to the date 
of transition to IFRS 17. This decision was made noting 
the significant time and effort needed to construct 
the transaction data required at the level to apply the 
requirements of IFRS 17 prior to this period. 
Level of aggregation
The Company included contracts issued prior 
to January 2018 into one group split by portfolios 
of insurance contracts and applied the fair value 
approach as at December 2017.
Fair valuation of liabilities of insurance contracts
The fair value of liabilities has been determined per IFRS 13 
Fair Value Measurement. There are no recent transactions 
or comparable markets for life insurance liabilities. 
In measuring the fair value, the approach taken is:
•	 The discounted value of projected cash flows relating 
to in-force life insurance contracts using assumptions 
reflecting past and expected future experience from 
the perspective of a potential purchaser.
•	 Plus allowance for the cost of holding statutory capital 
that a market participant acquiring the contracts would 
be required to bear.
Using a risk-adjusted discount rate to reflect the 
perspective of a potential purchaser.
Fulfilment cash flows
The fulfilment cash flows were estimated prospectively 
as at the transition date.
Contractual service margin
The CSM was estimated to be the difference between 
the fair value of a group of insurance contracts, measured 
in accordance with IFRS 13 as described above, and its FCF 
as at the transition date.
31.  Insurance  (continued)
Risk adjustment for non-financial risk
The Company measures the compensation it would require 
for bearing the uncertainty about the amount and timing 
of cash flows arising from insurance contracts, other 
than financial risk separately as an adjustment for non-
financial risk. The Company uses cost of capital method 
in estimating the risk adjustment. The cost of capital 
approach uses the basis that Company’s risk preference 
is based on the capital that it requires to hold which is 
appropriate for the non-financial risks that are relevant 
to IFRS 17 measurement objectives.
Contractual service margin (CSM)
The CSM is a component of the overall carrying amount 
of a group of insurance contracts representing unearned 
profit the Company will recognise as it provides insurance 
contract services over the coverage period.
Coverage Period
The Company determines, at initial recognition, the group’s 
coverage units and allocates the group’s CSM based on 
the coverage units provided in the period. The Company 
determines coverage units as follows:
•	 For the Participating Base product, the coverage unit is 
linked to the bonus declared on these contracts, as this is 
the more significant service provided under the contract.
•	 For all the other portfolios, the coverage being provided 
is death cover linked to a predetermined amount, which 
is the sum insured. The sum insured will be used as the 
coverage unit.
Insurance acquisition cash flows
The Company includes insurance acquisition cash flows 
in the measurement of a group of insurance contracts 
if they are directly attributable either to the individual 
contracts in a group, or to the group itself, or the portfolio 
of insurance contracts to which the group belongs. 
The Company estimates at a portfolio level insurance 
acquisition cash flows not directly attributable to the 
group but directly attributable to the portfolio and then 
allocates them to the group of newly written and renewed 
contracts on a systematic and rational basis.
ii)   Subsequent measurement for contracts 
other than PAA
Subsequent to initial recognition, at the end of each 
reporting period, the carrying amount of the group of 
insurance contracts will reflect a current estimate of the 
liability for remaining coverage (LRC) as at that date and 
a current estimate of the liability for incurred claims (LIC).
The LRC represents the Company’s obligation to investigate 
and pay valid claims under existing contracts for insured 
events that have not yet occurred, and amounts that relate 
to other insurance contract services not yet provided, 
comprising of the fulfilment cash flows relating to future 
service and the CSM yet to be earned.
The LIC includes the Company’s liability to pay valid claims 
for insured events that have already incurred, other incurred 
insurance expenses arising from past coverage service 
and includes the liability for claims incurred but not yet 
reported. It also includes the Company’s liability to pay 
amounts the Company is obliged to pay the policyholder 
under the contract, including repayment of investment 
components, when a contract is derecognised. The current 
estimate of LIC comprises of the fulfilment cash flows 
related to current and past service allocated to the group 
at the reporting date.
Changes in fulfilment cash flows
At the end of each reporting period, the Company updates 
the fulfilment cash flows to reflect the current estimates 
of the amounts, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows 
and discount rates.
As all cashflows form a part of the underlying items for 
Participating Base Products, any experience adjustment 
or change in the estimate of future cash flow will impact 
future services, hence all items impact CSM. 
Recognition of the CSM in profit or loss
CSM amount is released to profit or loss in each period 
during which the insurance contract services are provided.
The CSM amount to be released in each reporting period 
is determined as the coverage unit provided for the period 
as a percentage of the total expected coverage unit, applied 
to the CSM at the end. The total number of coverage units 
in the group is determined by considering for each contract 
the quantity of benefits provided under the contract and 
the expected coverage period. The total coverage unit, 
except for Participating Base Contracts, is calculated 
by applying the discounted future coverage unit at the 
risk free discount rate.
The CSM at the end of the reporting period is equally 
allocated to each of the coverage units provided in the 
current period and expected to be provided in the future. 
The CSM recognise in the profit or loss the amount of CSM 
allocated to the coverage units provided during the period. 
The CSM for reinsurance contracts held is released to the 
profit or loss as services are received from the reinsurer 
in the period.
11 3
11 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
31.  Insurance  (continued)
(c) Reinsurance 
Contracts entered into by the Company with reinsurers under which the Company is compensated for losses on one 
or more contracts issued by the Company, are classified as reinsurance contracts.
As the reinsurance agreements provide for indemnification by the reinsurers against loss or liability, reinsurance income 
and expenses are recognised separately in the profit or loss when they become due and payable in accordance with the 
reinsurance agreements.
Reinsurance recoveries are recognised as claim recoveries under profit or loss. This is netted off against the claim expenses. 
Reinsurance premiums are recognised as Reinsurance Expenses.
Financial Information
The accounting policies of the consolidated entity, which have been applied in determining the financial information 
shown above, are the same as those applied in the consolidated financial statements. The summarised income statement 
for BSP Life (Group) is presented below as per the subsidiary’s accounts. The consolidated profit includes insurance profit 
and investment earnings on shareholder’s funds.
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Life
insurance
General
insurance
and other
items
2024
(Total)
2023
(Total)
Insurance revenue
45,570
52,018
97,588
84,037
Insurance service expenses
(23,041)
(45,597)
(68,638)
(60,636)
Insurance service result from insurance contracts issued
22,529
6,421
28,950
23,401
Net expenses from reinsurance contracts
(653)
(1,451)
(2,104)
(2,803)
Insurance service result
21,876
4,970
26,846
20,598
Insurance finance income – investments
145,770
747
146,517
119,002
Net investment income
145,770
747
146,517
119,002
Insurance finance income/(expense) for insurance 
contracts issued
(121,686)
–
(121,686)
(105,331)
Net insurance finance expenses
(121,686)
–
(121,686)
(105,331)
Net insurance and investment result
45,960
5,717
51,677
34,269
Net income from subsidiaries
107,864
–
107,864
107,760
Other Income
9,546
2
9,548
11,103
Other Operating Expenses
(110,280)
(1,052)
(111,332)
(91,896)
Net insurance operating income
53,090
4,667
57,757
61,236
31.  Insurance  (continued)
Accounting Policy
(a) Recognition and measurement
Long-term insurance contracts
These contracts insure human life events (for example 
death, survival, disability, and critical illness) over a long 
duration and are underwritten by BSP (Fiji) Life Limited 
and BSP Life PNG Limited. Guaranteed benefits paid on 
occurrence of the specified insurance event are fixed and 
for participating policies declared bonuses are also payable. 
Most of the policies have maturity and surrender benefits. 
Approximately 90% of the above contracts in the 
Group’s portfolio contain a Discretionary Participation 
Feature (DPF). This feature entitles the holder to receive, 
as a supplement to guaranteed benefits, additional 
benefits in the form of reversionary bonuses.
The recognition and measurement of these contracts have 
been determined in accordance with IFRS 17. Short term 
contracts are not a material part of the BSP Financial 
Group’s operations. 
(b) Methods and assumptions
Key assumptions used in determining the Policy Liabilities 
of the Group are as follows:
(i)  Discount rates 
For contracts which have a DPF, the discount rate used 
is linked to the assets which back those contracts. For 
Fiji for the year ended 31 December 2024 this was 4.782% 
per annum (2023: 4.946% per annum), based on current 
10-year government bond yields and expected earnings 
from the investment portfolio. For contracts without 
DPF and Accident Business, a rate of 3.90% per annum 
was used at 31 December 2024 (2023: 3.90% per annum). 
These rates were based on the 10-year government bond 
rate as published by the regulator.
(ii)  Investment and maintenance expenses 
Future maintenance and investment expenses are based 
on the budgeted expenses. Future inflation has been 
assumed to be 3.5% per annum (2023: 3.5% per annum) 
for determining future expenses.
(iii)  Taxation 
The rates of taxation enacted or substantially enacted 
at the date of the valuation are assumed to continue 
into the future.
(iv)  Mortality and morbidity – Fiji
Projected future rates of mortality for insured lives are 
based on the Fiji Mortality Statistics table FJ90–94 Male. 
These are then adjusted for the Company’s own experience. 
Mortality rates used are as follows by gender and 
insured amount:
•	 Male and sum insured above FJ$200,000: 20% (2023: 20%) 
for base products and 65% (2023: 65%) for rider products 
of the FJ90–94 Male table for participating business 
in Statutory Fund 1.
•	 Male and sum insured up to FJ$200,000: 48% (2023: 48%) 
for base products and 65% (2023: 65%) for rider products 
of the FJ90–94 Male table for participating business in 
Statutory Fund 1.
•	 Female: An age setback of 3 years is applied to the Male 
rates above.
(v)  Rates of discontinuance
Best estimate assumptions for the incidence of withdrawal 
and discontinuance vary by product and duration and 
are based on the Group’s experience which is reviewed 
regularly. Rates used in 2024 were the same as 2023 rates.
(vi)  Basis of calculation of surrender values 
Surrender values are determined by the Company. There 
have been no changes to surrender bases during the period 
(or the prior periods).
(vii)  Discretionary participating business 
For most participating business, bonus rates are set such 
that, over long periods, the returns to contract holders are 
commensurate with the investment returns achieved on 
the pool of assets which provide security for the contract, 
together with other sources of profit arising from this 
business. Profits from these policies are split between 
contract holders and shareholders in accordance with 
the policy conditions which allow for shareholders to share 
in allocations at a maximum rate of 20%. For business 
written between 1995 and 1998 the shareholder receives 
11% of profits.
Assumed future bonus rates included in the liability for 
the long-term insurance contracts were set such that the 
present value of the liabilities equates to the present value 
of assets supporting the business together with assumed 
future investment returns, allowing for the shareholder’s 
right to participate in distributions.
The FCF include a projection of the declaration of future 
bonuses and their impact on claims. The supportable 
bonus rate that emerges from the Margin on Service 
valuation (valuation method for policyholder profit/
bonus management) as at 31 December 2024 for 
Participating Business is used as the IFRS 17 assumption. 
The policyholder retained earnings is added to the 
Insurance Contract Liability.
11 5
11 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
31.  Insurance  (continued)
The reconciliation of the Life insurance contract liabilities as at 31 December 2023 is as follows:
Liability for remaining coverage
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Excluding
loss
component
Loss
component
Policy
Loans*
Liability for
incurred
claims
Total
Opening assets
(5,177)
–
–
–
(5,177)
Opening liabilities
1,173,979
1,181
(121,342)
13,876
1,067,694
Net opening balance
1,168,802
1,181
(121,342)
13,876
1,062,517
Changes in the statement of profit or loss and OCI
Insurance revenue
(45,093)
–
–
–
(45,093)
Insurance service expenses
19,682
(18)
–
3,895
23,559
Insurance service result
(25,411)
(18)
–
3,895
(21,534)
Insurance finance expenses from insurance 
contracts recognised in profit and loss
118,953
41
–
–
118,994
Investment components excluded from insurance 
revenue and insurance service expenses
(145,475)
–
–
145,475
–
Effect of movements in exchange rates
63,870
67
(6,925)
605
57,617
Total changes in the statement of profit 
or loss and OCI
11,937
90
(6,925)
149,975
155,077
Cash flows
Premiums received
222,143
–
–
–
222,143
Insurance acquisition cash flows
(25,736)
–
–
–
(25,736)
Claims and other insurance service expenses paid 
(11,113)
–
(2,320)
(151,896)
(165,329)
Others
–
–
(5,126)
–
(5,126)
Total cash flows
185,294
–
(7,446)
(151,896)
25,952
Net closing balance
1,366,033
1,271
(135,713)
11,955
1,243,546
Closing assets
(5,966)
–
–
–
(5,966)
Closing liabilities
1,371,999
1,271
(135,713)
11,955
1,249,512
Net closing balance
1,366,033
1,271
(135,713)
11,955
1,243,546
* Policy loans and Other Insurance related assets that are transferred at face value to LRC.
31.  Insurance  (continued)
The reconciliation of the Life insurance contract liabilities as at 31 December 2024 is as follows:
Liability for remaining coverage
All amounts are expressed in K’000
Excluding
loss
component
Loss
component
Policy
Loans*
Liability for
incurred
claims
Total
Opening contract assets
 (5,966)
 – 
 –
 – 
 (5,966)
Opening insurance contract liabilities
 1,371,999 
 1,271 
(135,713) 
 11,955 
 1,249,512 
Net opening balance
 1,366,033 
 1,271 
 (135,713)
 11,955 
 1,243,546 
Changes in the statement of profit or loss and OCI
Insurance revenue
 (45,570)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (45,570)
Insurance service expenses
 20,435 
 (337)
 – 
 2,943 
 23,041 
Insurance service result
 (25,135)
 (337)
 – 
 2,943 
 (22,529)
Insurance finance expenses from insurance 
contracts recognised in profit and loss
 120,738 
 48 
 – 
 – 
 120,786 
Investment components excluded from insurance 
revenue and insurance service expenses
 (136,956)
 – 
 – 
 162,486 
 25,530 
Effect of movements in exchange rates
 7,633 
 17 
(1,794) 
 156 
 6,012 
Total changes in the statement of profit 
or loss and OCI
 (8,585)
 65 
 (1,794)
 162,642 
 152,328 
Cash flows
Premiums received
 251,122 
 – 
 3,197 
 – 
 254,319 
Insurance acquisition cash flows
 (29,987)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (29,987)
Claims and other insurance service expenses paid
 (12,955)
 – 
 – 
 (159,185)
 (172,140)
Others
 – 
 – 
 (209)
 – 
 (209)
Total cash flows
 208,180 
 – 
 2,988 
 (159,185)
 51,983 
Net closing balance
 1,540,493 
 999 
(134,519) 
 18,355 
 1,425,328 
Closing contract assets
 (11,708)
 – 
 (614)
 – 
 (12,322)
Closing insurance contract liabilities
 1,552,201 
 999 
 (133,905)
 18,355 
 1,437,650 
Net closing balance
 1,540,493 
 999 
(134,519) 
 18,355 
 1,425,328 
* Policy loans and Other Insurance related assets that are transferred at face value to LRC.
117
116   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
31.  Insurance  (continued)
Reconciliation of the measurement components of insurance contract balances for insurance contracts as at 
31 December 2023:
 
CSM
31 December 2023
Estimates
of present
value of 
future
cash flows
Risk 
adjustment 
for non-
financial 
risk
Contracts 
under full
retro-
spective
approach
Contracts
 under 
fair value 
approach
Other 
contracts
Total
1 January 2023
 1,001,792 
 1,750 
 18,418 
 35,412 
 5,145 
 1,062,517 
Changes in the statement 
of profit or loss and OCI
Changes that relate to current service
 
 
 
 
 
 
CSM recognised for services provided 
 – 
 – 
 (1,540)
 (3,244)
 (723)
 (5,507)
Change in risk adjustment for 
non‑financial risk for risk expired
 – 
 (618)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (618)
Experience adjustments
 (1,702)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (12,689)
 (14,391)
 
 (1,702)
 (618)
 (1,540)
 (3,244)
 (13,412)
 (20,516)
Changes that relate to future service
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts initially recognised 
in the year
 (11,302)
 1,256 
 – 
 – 
 10,091 
 45 
Changes in estimates that 
adjust the CSM
 16,544 
 2,064 
 (2,614)
 (9,720)
 (5,752)
 522 
Changes in estimates that result 
in losses and reversals of losses 
on onerous contracts
 (420)
 39 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (381)
 
 4,822 
 3,359 
 (2,614)
 (9,720)
 4,339 
 186 
Insurance service result
 3,120 
 2,741 
 (4,154)
 (12,964)
 (9,073)
 (20,330)
Insurance finance expenses from 
insurance contracts recognised 
in profit and loss
 100,626 
 106 
 174 
 123 
 50 
 101,079 
Investment components excluded 
from insurance revenue and insurance 
service expenses
 5,153 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (1,052)
 4,101 
Effect of movements 
in exchange rates
 64,658 
 111 
 938 
 2,270 
 1,493 
 69,470 
Total changes in the statement 
of profit or loss and OCI
 173,557 
 2,958 
 (3,042)
 (10,571)
 (8,582)
 154,320 
Cash flows
 21,108 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 11,567 
 32,675 
Net balance as at 31 December 2023
 1,196,457 
 4,708 
 15,376 
 24,841 
 8,130 
 1,249,512
31.  Insurance  (continued)
Insurance and Financial Risk Management
The Company is committed to the management of risk to achieve sustainability of service to its customers, employment 
of its staff and profits to its shareholders and therefore, takes on controlled amounts of risk when considered appropriate. 
Reconciliation of the measurement components of insurance contract balances for insurance contracts as at 
31 December 2024:
 
CSM
31 December 2024
Estimates
of present
value of 
future
cash flows
Risk 
adjustment 
for non-
financial 
risk
Contracts 
under full
retro-
spective
approach
Contracts
 under 
fair value 
approach
Other 
contracts
Total
1 January 2024
 1,196,457 
 4,708 
 15,376 
 24,841 
 8,130 
 1,249,512 
Changes in the statement 
of profit or loss and OCI
Changes that relate to current service
 
 
 
 
 
 
CSM recognised for services provided 
 – 
 – 
 (1,397)
 (2,600)
 (933)
 (4,930)
Change in risk adjustment for 
non‑financial risk for risk expired
 – 
 (1,222)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (1,222)
Experience adjustments
 (4,932)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (12,882)
 (17,814)
 
 (4,932)
 (1,222)
 (1,397)
 (2,600)
 (13,815)
 (23,966)
Changes that relate to future service
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts initially recognised 
in the year
 (7,904)
 1,446 
 – 
 – 
 6,793 
 335 
Changes in estimates that 
adjust the CSM
 20,986 
 5,645 
 (3,325)
 (1,429)
 (6,760)
 15,117 
Changes in estimates that result 
in losses and reversals of losses 
on onerous contracts
 (14,725)
 (840)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (15,565)
 
 (1,643)
 6,251 
 (3,325)
 (1,429)
 33 
 (113)
Changes that relate to past services
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments to liabilities for 
incurred claims
 2,759 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 2,759 
Insurance service result
 (3,816)
 5,029 
 (4,722)
 (4,029)
 (13,782)
 (21,320)
Insurance finance expenses from 
insurance contracts recognised 
in profit and loss
 112,781 
 226 
 183 
 95 
 94 
 113,379 
Investment components excluded 
from insurance revenue and insurance 
service expenses
 23,934 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (570)
 23,364 
Effect of movements 
in exchange rates
 29,545 
 111 
 542 
 671 
 (2,422)
 28,447 
Total changes in the statement 
of profit or loss and OCI
 162,444 
 5,366 
 (3,997)
 (3,263)
 (16,680)
 143,870 
Cash flows
 29,149 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 15,119 
 44,268 
Net balance as at 31 December 2024
 1,388,050 
 10,074 
 11,379 
 21,578 
 6,569 
 1,437,650 
11 9
11 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
31.  Insurance  (continued)
The risk management framework is targeted at ensuring that the Company maintains sufficient capital at a level which 
exceeds the minimum solvency requirements prescribed by the regulators.
The Company is exposed to financial as well as insurance risks. The Group’s risk management strategy is set by the Board 
of Directors through the following sub-committees:
•	 BSP Life (Fiji) Limited Investment Governance Committee (IGC) (Market Risk) and
•	 Board Audit and Compliance Committee (Operational and Other Risk).
Implementation of the risk management strategy and the day-to-day management of risk is the responsibility of the 
Executive Management.
Insurance risk
The risk under any one insurance contract is the possibility that the insured event occurs and the uncertainty of the amount 
of the resulting claim. By the very nature of an insurance contract, this risk is random and is unpredictable. The principal risk 
that the Company faces under its insurance contracts is that the actual claims and benefit payments exceed the carrying 
amount of the insurance liabilities. This could occur because the frequency or severity of claims and benefits are greater 
than estimated. Insurance events are random, and the actual number and amount of claims and benefits will vary from 
year to year from the level established using actuarial methods.
The Company’s objectives in managing risks arising from the insurance business are:
•	 To ensure risk appetite decisions are made within the context of corporate goals and governance structures
•	 To ensure that an appropriate return on capital is made in return for accepting insurance risk
•	 To ensure that strong internal controls embed underwriting to risk within the business
•	 To ensure that internal and external solvency and capital requirements are met
•	 To use reinsurance as a component of insurance risk management strategy.
Terms and conditions of insurance contracts
The nature of the terms of insurance contracts written is such that certain external variables can be identified on which 
related cash flows for claim payments depend. The table below provides an overview of the long-term insurance contracts:
Type of Contract
Details of Contract Terms 
and Conditions
Nature of Compensation 
for Claims
Key Variables that affect 
the timing and uncertainty 
of Future Cash Flows
Non-participating life 
insurance contracts with 
fixed and guaranteed terms 
(Term Life and Disability)
Benefits paid on death, ill 
health or maturity that are 
fixed and guaranteed and 
not at the discretion of the 
insurer. Premiums may 
be guaranteed through 
the life of the contract, 
guaranteed for a specified 
term or variable at the 
insurer’s discretion.
Benefits, defined by the 
insurance contract, are 
determined by the contract, 
and are not directly affected 
by the performance of 
underlying assets or 
the performance of the 
contracts as whole.
­–	 Mortality
–	 Morbidity
–	 Discontinuance rates
–	 Expenses
–	 Market rates on
underlying assets
Life insurance contracts with 
discretionary participating 
benefits (endowment and 
whole of life)
These policies include 
a clearly defined initial 
guaranteed sum which 
is payable on death. The 
guaranteed amount is a 
multiple of the amount that 
is increased throughout the 
duration of the policy by the 
addition of regular bonuses 
annually which, once 
added, are not removed.
Benefits arising from the 
discretionary participation 
feature are based on the 
performance of a specified 
pool of contracts or a 
specified type of contract.
–	 Mortality
–	 Morbidity
–	 Market risk
–	 Discontinuance rates
–	 Expenses
–	 Market rates on 
underlying assets
31.  Insurance  (continued)
An analysis of the expected recognition of the CSM remaining at the end of the reporting period in the profit or loss 
is provided in the following table. The analysis below considers the Insurance and Reinsurance Contract:
Total CSM for insurance contracts
Less than
1 year
In 1 to 3
years
In 4 to 5
years
> 5 years
Total
As at 31 December 2024
4,348
10,409
5,410
19,360
39,527
As at 31 December 2023
5,345
12,945
6,908
23,149
48,347
BSP Life conducts sensitivity analysis to quantify the exposure to risk of changes in the key underlying variables such as 
interest rate, mortality, morbidity, and inflation. The table below illustrates how changes in key assumptions and experience 
would impact the reported profit, liabilities, and equity of BSP Life. For Market risks, the effect of movements in interest 
rates or equity values on the value of assets and liabilities is shown. For insurance risk, changes to key assumptions would 
have no impact on liabilities, which are calculated using Margin on Services, for which there is an offsetting reserve for 
future profits under non-participating and future supportable bonus for participating policies. 
Results from 
sensitivity analysis
31 December 2024
31 December 2023
Effect on liabilities
Effect on liabilities
All amounts are 
expressed in K’000
Effect on
 assets
FCF
CSM
Profit/
(loss)
Effect on
assets
FCF
CSM
Profit/
(loss)
Market Risks
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in Interest 
Rates of 1%
(24,376)
(30,403)
10,983
(4,956)
(20,683)
(25,719)
8,915
(3,879)
Decrease in Interest 
Rates of 1%
27,598
36,195
(14,066)
5,469
23,307
28,881
(9,966)
4,392
Equity values 
increase by 10%
75,515
53,739
5,885
15,891
72,791
49,912
7,390
15,489
Equity values 
decrease by 10%
(75,515)
(53,755)
(5,863)
(15,897)
(72,791)
(50,121)
(7,207)
(15,463)
Foreign currency 
strengthens by 10bps
30,702
21,848
2,393
6,461
22,183
15,211
2,252
4,720
Foreign currency 
weakens by 10bps
(20,616)
(14,675)
(1,601)
(4,340)
(15,219)
(10,480)
(1,507)
(3,232)
Insurance risks
Increase in expenses 
of 10%
–
215
(173)
(42)
–
2,324
(2,024)
(300)
Improvement in 
lapses by 10%
–
707
(588)
(119)
–
(524)
708
(184)
Worsening of 
lapses by 10%
–
(1,013)
815
198
–
497
(677)
180
Improvement in 
mortality of 10%
–
(5,323)
4,826
497
–
(1,348)
1,141
207
Worsening of 
mortality of 10%
–
4,739
(4,213)
(526)
–
3,242
(2,866)
(376)
Worsening of 
morbidity of 10%
–
(724)
639
85
–
(73)
71
2
1 21
1 2 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
33.  Investment in Joint Ventures
Place of incorporation
and operation
Ownership %
Name of Joint Venture
Principal activity
2024
2023
Suva Central Ltd
Property rental
Fiji
50%*
50%*
Richmond Ltd
Hotel operations
Fiji
50%*
50%*
BSP Finance Cambodia Plc1
Asset financing
Cambodia
50%*
50%*
BSP Finance Laos1
Asset financing
Laos
50%*
50%*
The investments above are accounted for using the equity method.
* Both ownership and voting power held, ** ownership, *** voting power held. 
1.	 Assets held for sale.
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Joint Ventures
 
 
 
 
Investment in Joint Ventures
303,617
270,111
29,615
26,127
(Disposal of)/New investment during the year
 3,197 
(39,510)
 – 
–
Translation movement
3,411
14,904
357
546
Impairment loss (Note 39)
(35,816)
–
–
–
Share of profit/(loss) for the year 
13,623
58,112
314
2,942
Asset held for sale (Note 39)
(14,544)
–
 – 
–
Net investment in joint venture 
273,488
303,617
30,286
29,615
Summarised financial information of Joint Ventures:
 
Total assets
655,830
734,386
95,141
94,016
Total liabilities
(334,566)
(432,283)
(41,491)
(41,001)
Net assets
321,264
302,103
53,650
53,015
Share of profit/(loss) for the year
54,468
28,742
314
2,942
Group fair value alignment
(40,845)
29,370
–
–
Share of profit in Group
13,623
58,112
314
2,942
31.  Insurance  (continued)
Insurance and Financial Risk Management 
Variations in claim levels will affect reported profit and equity. The impact may be magnified if the variation leads to 
a change in actuarial assumptions which cannot be absorbed within the present value of planned margins for a group 
of related products.
Insurance risk may arise through the reassessment of the incidence of claims, the trend of future claims and the effect of 
unforeseen diseases or epidemics. In addition, in the case of morbidity, the time to recovery may be longer than assumed.
Concentrations of insurance risk arise due to the large sums assured on certain individuals. The largest exposures all 
relate to mortality. The largest single exposure for the Life business is K14.2m of which K13.6m is reinsured (2023: K14.0m 
of which K13.5m is reinsured). For BSP Life PNG, the largest single exposure is K11.2 million of which K11.1 million is reinsured 
(2023: K11.1 million of which K11.0 million was reinsured).
Insurance risk is controlled by ensuring underwriting standards adequately identify potential risk and diversify the type 
and amount of insurance risks accepted, retaining the right to amend premiums on risk policies where appropriate and 
through the use of reinsurance and proactive claims handling. The experience of the Company’s Life Insurance business 
is reviewed regularly.
32.  Investment in Subsidiaries
Place of incorporation
and operation
Balance of investment
Name of subsidiary
Principal activity
Ownership %
2024
2023
BSP Capital Limited
Fund Management/ 
Investment Banking
PNG 
100%
2,448
2,448
BSP Life (Fiji) Limited
Life Insurance
Fiji
100%
87,599
87,599
BSP Life (PNG) Limited
Life Insurance
PNG
100%
25,000
25,000
BSP Convertible Notes Limited
Capital Raising
Fiji
100%
371
371
BSP Finance Limited
Credit Institution
PNG
100%
97,677
94,478
BSP Platform Pacific Limited
Digital Technology
PNG
100%
395
395
Bank of South Pacific Tonga Ltd
Bank
Tonga 
100%
71,611
71,611
Bank South Pacific (Samoa) Ltd 
Bank
Samoa 
98.7%
70,712
70,713
Bank South Pacific Vanuatu Ltd
Bank
Vanuatu
100%
38,020
38,020
At 31 December
393,833
390,635
Represented by:
At 1 January
390,635
399,361
BSP Platform Pacific Limited 
conversion from Joint Venture
–
395
Partial conversion of debt to equity
3,198
–
Additional capital/(divestment 
of shares)
–
(9,121)
At 31 December
393,833
390,635
BSP Life (Fiji) Limited divested 40% of its interest in Future Farms Limited of K33.918 million, during the reporting period. 
The entity retained control over the investment. 
1 2 3
1 2 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
36.  Directors and Executive Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration 
Directors of the company received remuneration including benefits during 2024 as detailed below:
All amounts are 
expressed in Kina
Name of Director
Meetings
attended/
total held
Appointed/
(Resigned)
Total remuneration
2024
Bank
2024
Subsidiaries
2024
Total
2023
Total
Sir K.G. Constantinou, OBE
1/1
(Feb 2023)
–
–
–
215,326
M.T. Robinson1
7/7
–
–
–
–
R.G. Bradshaw
7/7
942,946
–
942,946
692,274
S.G. Brewis-Weston
7/7
524,030
–
524,030
414,864
Dr. M. Lua’iufi
7/7
510,905
120,000
630,905
519,239
S.A Davis
7/7
537,155
–
537,155
427,364
P. Kevin
7/7
507,155
–
507,155
402,364
F.D. Bouraga
7/7
521,530
–
521,530
389,864
P.F. Taureka-Seruvatu
7/7
517,780
–
517,780
402,364
I.A. Tarutia
5/5
524,030
–
524,030
249,538
A. Sam
1/7
(Feb 2024)
127,894
127,894
427,364
S.C. Beach
5/5
Apr 2024
399,261
–
399,261
–
5,112,686
120,000
5,232,686
4,140,561
 Shareholder Approved Cap
6,000,000
4,500,000
1.	 Managing Director/Group Chief Executive Officer receives no fees for his services as Director during the year. Other members of BSP 
executive management who serve as directors of subsidiaries of BSP Group receive no fees for their services as Director. 
Executive Remuneration
The specified executives as at 31 December 2024 were:
Mark Robinson
Ronesh Dayal
Peter Beswick
Daniel Faunt
Nuni Kulu
Rohan George
Richard Nicholls
Vandhna Narayan
Hari Rabura
Maryann Lameko-Vaai
Paul Black (August 2024)
Mike Hallinan
All amounts are 
expressed in K’000
Year
Salary
Short term
incentive
Value of
benefits
Long term
incentive
Leave
encash-
ment
Final
entitle-
ments
Total
2024 remuneration
20,078
9,174
1,444
4,816
477
–
35,989
2023 remuneration 
16,226
5,405
1,247
2,564
993
–
26,435 
Other
34.  Fiduciary Activities 
The Group especially through BSP Capital Limited conducts investment fund management and other fiduciary activities 
as responsible entity, trustee, custodian or manager for investment funds and trusts, including superannuation. These 
funds are not consolidated, as the Group does not have direct or indirect control. Where the funds incur liabilities in respect 
of these activities, and the primary obligation is incurred in an agency capacity for the fund or clients rather than its own 
account, a right of indemnity exists against the assets of the applicable fund or trust. As these assets are sufficient to cover 
the liabilities and it is therefore not probable that the Group will be required to settle the liabilities, the investments in the 
assets and liabilities of these activities are not included in the Financial Statements.
35.  Related Party Transactions 
Related parties are considered to be enterprises or individuals with whom the Group is especially related because 
either they or the Group are in a position to significantly influence the outcome of transactions entered into with the 
Group, by virtue of being able to control, dominate or participate in a fiduciary capacity, in decision-making functions 
or processes. The Group conducted transactions with the following classes of related parties during the year:
•	 Directors and/or parties in which a director has significant influence.
•	 Key management personnel and other staff and/or parties in which the individual officer has significant influence.
A number of banking transactions are entered into with these related parties in the normal course of business, and include 
loans, deposits, property rentals, share transfers and foreign currency transactions. 
These transactions are carried out on commercial terms and market rates. For the year ended 31 December 2024, balances and 
transactions of accounts for Directors, including companies in which directorships were held by BSP directors, were as follows:
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
Customer Deposits
Opening balances
82,772
150,256
Net movement
81,000
(67,484)
Closing balance
163,772
82,772
Interest paid
14
12
Loans and receivables from customers
Opening balances
894,914
636,622
Loans issued
800,000
67,500
Interest 
50,526
45,596
Charges
–
12
Loan repayments
(858,339)
(132,117)
New Director
1
834,409
Outgoing Director
–
(557,108)
Closing balance
887,102
894,914
Subsidised transactions are provided for staff. Such transactions include marginal discounts on interest rates, and specific 
fee concessions. These benefits are mainly percentage-based on market rates and fees, and as such, staff accounts are always 
subject to underlying market trends in interest rates and fees. As at 31 December 2024, staff account balances were as follows:
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
Housing loans
192,126
195,907
Other loans
63,532
65,568
255,658
261,475
Cheque accounts
14,264
10,085
Savings accounts
6,235
6,923
20,499
17,008
1 2 5
1 2 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
37.  Events Occurring After Balance Sheet Date
Conversion of Fiji Branch to Subsidiary
As part of BSP Financial Group’s strategic initiatives to enhance operational and regulatory compliance, the Fiji branch was 
converted into a wholly owned subsidiary, BSP Financial Group (Fiji) Pte Limited, effective 1 January 2025. This restructuring 
aligns with the Group’s commitment to gaining operational efficiencies and meeting jurisdictional requirements. This is also 
in line with recent global corporate financial structure trends.
Nature of the Transaction
The conversion will involve the transfer of all assets, liabilities, and operations of the Fiji branch to the new subsidiary. 
The transaction will be accounted for as a reorganisation within the Group. 
Financial Impact
The following net assets were transferred to the subsidiary. The foreign currency translation reserve at 1 January 2025 
of K81.778 million attributable to the Fiji branch will be derecognised and recognised in that Statement of Income and 
Expenditure of the parent entity. The conversion has no material impact on the Group’s assets, liabilities, equity, and profit 
or loss account.
Assets
All amounts in K’000
Loans and advances
 4,519,542 
Property, plant, and equipment
 38,317 
Cash and cash equivalents
 1,343,802 
Cash reserve requirement with Central Bank
 562,108 
Amounts due to other banks
 138,628 
Other assets
 124,977 
Total assets
6,727,374
Deposits
 5,460,003 
Amounts due to other banks
 230,856 
Other liabilities
 322,492 
Equity & retained earnings
 714,023 
Total equity and liabilities
6,727,374
The net assets will be transferred to the subsidiary at their carrying amounts, and the investment in the subsidiary will 
be recognised at the same value in the parent entity’s financial statements.
Consolidation in 2025
Following the conversion, BSP Financial Group (Fiji) Pte Limited will be fully consolidated into the BSP Financial Group’s 
financial statements. All intercompany transactions and balances between the Group and the new subsidiary will also 
be eliminated on consolidation.
Regulatory and Operational Implications
The conversion exercise involved various stakeholder engagements and required regulatory approvals were received 
from Reserve Bank of Fiji, Fiji Revenue and Custom Services, Fiji Competition & Consumer Commission, Investment Fiji 
and Government of Fiji. The subsidiary now operates as “BSP Financial Group (Fiji) Pte Limited” and complies with local 
statutory and regulatory requirements.
36. Directors and Executive Remuneration  (continued)
The number of employees or former employees whose income from the Bank was equal to or greater than K100,000 
during the year, are classified in income bands of K10,000 as follows:
Remuneration
2024
2023
Remuneration
2024
2023
Remuneration
2024
2023
K’000
No.
No.
K’000
No.
No.
K’000
No.
No.
100 – 110
183
125
590 – 600
3
1
1200 – 1210
1
1
110 – 120
135
122
600 – 610
3
4
1240 – 1250
–
1
120 – 130
101
84
610 – 620
2
5
1240 – 1250
–
1
130 – 140
71
70
620 – 630
1
4
1260 – 1270
1
1
140 – 150
70
68
630 – 640
2
2
1310 – 1320
–
1
150 – 160
51
51
640 – 650
2
1
1320 – 1330
–
1
160 – 170
44
38
650 – 660
–
1
1330 – 1340
–
1
170 – 180
27
32
660 – 670
–
1
1340 – 1350
1
1
180 – 190
30
27
670 – 680
–
2
1360 – 1370
–
1
190 – 200
18
25
680 – 690
4
1
1370 – 1380
–
1
200 – 210
24
17
690 – 700
–
2
1380 – 1390
1
–
210 – 220
17
20
710 – 720
1
1
1410 – 1420
–
1
220 – 230
19
19
720 – 730
1
1
1430 – 1440
–
1
230 – 240
13
14
730 – 740
1
2
1440 – 1450
–
1
240 – 250
18
26
740 – 750
1
–
1520 – 1530
–
1
250 – 260
11
5
750 – 760
1
1
1530 – 1540
–
1
260 – 270
9
10
760 – 770
1
2
1550 – 1560
–
1
270 – 280
5
8
770 – 780
1
1
1560 – 1570
–
1
280 – 290
5
7
780 – 790
1
–
1680 – 1690
1
–
290 – 300
5
9
790 – 800
1
–
1760 – 1770
–
1
300 – 310
3
5
800 – 810
2
–
1780 – 1790
1
1
310 – 320
8
8
810 – 820
1
1
1790 – 1800
1
–
320 – 330
8
5
820 – 830
–
2
1810 – 1820
–
1
330 – 340
10
5
830 – 840
1
–
1840 – 1850
–
1
340 – 350
5
4
840 – 850
1
–
1880 – 1890
–
1
350 – 360
4
6
850 – 860
–
1
1930 – 1940
–
1
360 – 370
5
3
860 – 870
1
2
1980 – 1990
1
–
370 – 380
12
5
870 – 880
–
2
2000 – 2010
1
–
380 – 390
8
3
900 – 910
2
–
2060 – 2070
1
–
390 – 400
4
4
910 – 920
2
2
2080 – 2090
1
1
400 – 410
7
4
930 – 940
2
–
2250 – 2260 
–
1
410 – 420
7
3
940 – 950
1
1
2280 – 2290
–
1
420 – 430
5
6
950 – 960
2
–
2360 – 2370
–
1
430 – 440
3
5
960 – 970
–
–
2410 – 2420
2
–
440 – 450
5
6
990 – 1000
1
2
2430 – 2440
–
1
450 – 460
6
1
1000 – 1010
2
1
2480 – 2490
1
–
460 – 470
9
2
1010 – 1020
1
1
2490 – 2500
1
–
470 – 480
5
8
1020 – 1030
1
–
2500 – 2510
–
1
480 – 490
4
7
1030 – 1040
1
–
2610 – 2620
1
–
490 – 500
2
5
1040 – 1050
–
1
2750 – 2760
–
1
500 – 510
3
2
1050 – 1060
–
1
3190 – 3200
–
1
510 – 520
2
3
1060 – 1070
1
–
7120 – 7130
1
–
520 – 530
2
–
1070 – 1080
1
–
530 – 540
2
5
1090 – 1100
3
–
540 – 550
1
2
1100 – 1110
–
3
550 – 560
2
2
1120 – 1130
1
2
560 – 570
2
4
1130 – 1140
2
1
570 – 580
1
2
1140 – 1150
1
–
580 – 590
5
4
1160 – 1170
3
2
Total
1,072
984
Remuneration disclosures have been updated to reflect entitlements applicable to respective years. Short term incentives and long term 
incentives for executives are paid post availability of audited accounts in the subsequent year and have been aligned accordingly. Prior year 
disclosures were based on the period each entitlement was received.
1 2 7
1 2 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

N O T E S  T O  T H E  F I N A N C I A L  S T A T E M E N T S  C O N T I N U E D
For the Year Ended 31 December 2024
To the shareholders of BSP Financial Group Limited
I N D E P E N D E N T  A U D I T O R ’ S  R E P O R T
38.  Amalgamation of BSP Finance PNG Limited 
The Registrar of Companies approved the amalgamation of BSP Finance PNG Limited with BSP Financial Group Limited. 
The effective date of amalgamation was 31 December 2024. BSP Finance PNG Limited was amalgamated into the Company 
using the short-form amalgamation process under section 235 of the Companies Act 1997. 
The name of the amalgamated company is BSP Financial Group Limited. Under the amalgamation, the Company took 
control of all the assets of BSP Finance PNG Limited and assumed the responsibility for their liabilities. The amalgamation 
was accounted in the 2024 financial year based on predecessor accounting with book value accounting used for the 
purposes of the transaction. The amalgamation had no impact on the Group’s assets, liabilities, equity, and profit or loss 
account, as the amalgamated entity has been fully controlled by the Group and consolidated prior to the amalgamation 
and after the amalgamation. This strategic decision was made to enhance operational efficiency and leverage synergies 
between the two entities and to strengthen the competitive position of the combined entity in the market. Further, 
amalgamation had no impact on the Group’s cash flows.
The effect of amalgamation of BSP Finance PNG Limited at the date of amalgamation is summarised below: 
 
K’000
Assets of amalgamated entity 
134,479
Liabilities of amalgamated entity 
(90,011)
Total net assets acquired on amalgamation 
44,468
Less: investment in amalgamated entity 
–
Amount recognised directly within common control reserve in equity
44,468
Total cash held by amalgamated entity on amalgamation 
6,095
Predecessor accounting 
Amalgamations of entities under common control are accounted for using the predecessor values method. Under this 
method, the financial statements of the combined entity are presented as if PNG Bank and BSP Finance PNG Limited 
had been combined from the date when the combining entities were amalgamated. The assets and liabilities of the 
amalgamated entities are stated at the predecessor carrying amounts. Fair value measurement is not required, and 
no new goodwill arises in predecessor accounting. 
Any difference between the consideration given and the aggregate book value of the assets and liabilities of the acquired 
entity at the date of the transaction is included within common control reserve in equity.
39.  Asset held for sale
At 31 December 2024, the Company has classified its investment in the joint ventures (BSP Finance Cambodia & BSP 
Finance Laos) as held for sale. The investment is expected to be sold in the next financial year. The carrying amount 
of the investment has been measured at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, resulting in 
a reclassification to non-current assets held for sale with a carrying amount of K14.544 million. The impairment taken 
up in this period is K35.816 million.
40.  Remuneration of Auditor 
Consolidated
Bank
All amounts are expressed in K’000
2024
2023
2024
2023
Financial statement audits
5,427
6,925
3,831
4,611
Other services
583
553
541
517
6,010
7,478
4,372
5,128
The external auditor PricewaterhouseCoopers is also engaged in providing other services to the Bank and Group as required 
and as permitted by prudential standards. The provision of other services included taxation.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Haus, Level 6, Harbour City, Konedobu,  
PO Box 484  Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea 
T: +675 321 1500 / +675 305 3100, www.pwc.com.pg 
 
Independent auditor’s report  
To the shareholders of BSP Financial Group Limited 
 
Report on the audit of the financial statements of the Bank and the Group 
Our opinion  
We have audited the financial statements of BSP Financial Group Limited (the Bank), which comprise the statements of 
financial position as at 31 December 2024, and the statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in 
shareholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the year then ended, including material accounting policy 
information.  The Group comprises the Bank and the entities it controlled at 31 December 2024 or from time to time 
during the financial year. 
 
In our opinion the accompanying financial statements: 
● 
comply with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and 
other generally accepted accounting practice in Papua New Guinea; and 
 
● 
give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Bank and the Group as at 31 December 2024, and their 
financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended. 
 
Basis for opinion  
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section 
of our report. 
 
We believe the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.  
 
Independence 
We are independent of the Bank and Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for 
Accountants’ Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) that are relevant to audits of the financial 
statements of public interest entities in Papua New Guinea, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.  
 
Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of audit-related and tax advice services.  The provision of 
these other services has not impaired our independence as auditor of the Bank and the Group. 
 
Our audit approach  
An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if individually or in 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the 
financial statements. 
 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the management structure of the Bank and the Group, their accounting 
processes and controls and the industries in which they operate. 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 9
1 2 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

To the shareholders of BSP Financial Group Limited
I N D E P E N D E N T  A U D I T O R ’ S  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
 
Key audit matter 
How our audit addressed the key matter 
Loan loss provisioning - Refer to Note 15 of the 
financial statements for a description of the 
accounting policies and to Note 22 for an 
analysis of credit risk and asset quality 
 
Due to the magnitude of the loans and advances 
balances and the extent of management judgement 
inherent in the impairment calculations, impairment of 
loans and advances is an area of significance in the 
current year audit of the Bank and its subsidiaries.  
 
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9) is a complex 
accounting standard which has required considerable 
judgement and interpretation in its application.  
 
Areas of judgement included: 
 
● The determination of the impairment in applying 
IFRS 9, which is reflected in the allowance for 
losses on loans, advances and other receivables 
 
● The identification of exposure for which there has 
been a significant increase in credit risk 
 
● Assumptions used in the expected credit loss model 
such as valuation of collateral and assumptions 
made on future values, financial condition of 
counterparties and forward looking macroeconomic 
factors.  
To assess the Group’s loan loss provisioning, we 
performed the following audit procedures on a sample 
basis, amongst others: 
 
● 
Obtained an understanding of the processes and 
controls relevant to the credit origination and 
credit monitoring processes 
 
● 
Assessment of the reasonableness of the key 
outputs of the expected credit loss model, as well 
as key judgements and assumptions used by 
management 
 
● 
Testing the key fields identified to have an impact 
on the expected credit loss provision by agreeing 
these back to source documentation 
 
● 
Examining the model methodology for consistency 
and appropriateness for loans and advances in 
Stage 1 and Stage 2.  This included evaluation of 
the appropriateness of the estimates made on the 
Probability of Default, Loss Given Default and 
Exposure at Default 
 
● 
For Stage 3 loans and advances, procedures over 
the credit watch list and delinquencies, and 
evaluation of assumptions made in the valuation 
of collateral and recovery cash flows.  
IT systems and controls 
 
We focused on this area because the Group is heavily 
dependent on complex IT systems for the capture, 
processing, storage and extraction of significant 
volumes of transactions. 
 
There are some areas of the audit where we seek to 
place reliance on system functionality including certain 
automated controls, system calculations and reports. 
 
Our reliance on these is dependent on the Group’s IT 
General Control (ITGC) environment, in particular, 
user access maintenance and changes to IT systems 
being authorised and made in an appropriate manner. 
 
Where relevant to our planned audit approach, we 
assessed the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of the key ITGCs which support the 
continued integrity of the in-scope IT systems. 
 
Our procedures over ITGCs focused on user access and 
change management and we also carried out tests, on a 
sample basis, of system functionality that was key to 
our audit approach. 
 
Where we identified design or operating effectiveness 
matters relating to ITGCs and system functionality 
relevant to our audit, we performed alternative or 
additional audit procedures. 
 
Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report  
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Directors’ Report (but 
does not include the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon), which we obtained prior to the date of 
this auditor’s report, and the annual report, which is expected to be made available after that date.  Our opinion on 
the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not, and will not, express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Materiality 
Audit scope 
Key audit matters 
● For the purpose of our audit 
of the Group we used overall 
group materiality which 
represents approximately 5% 
of the Group’s profit before 
taxes.  
● We applied this threshold, 
together with qualitative 
considerations, to determine 
the scope of our audit and 
the nature, timing and extent 
of our audit procedures and 
to evaluate the effect of 
misstatements on the 
financial statements as a 
whole. 
● We chose Group profit 
before taxes as, in our view, 
it is the metric against which 
the performance of the 
Group is most commonly 
measured and is a generally 
accepted benchmark. 
● We selected 5% based on our 
professional judgement 
noting that it is also within 
the range of commonly 
acceptable thresholds. 
 
● We (PwC Papua New 
Guinea) conducted the audit 
over all of the Group’s 
operations in Papua New 
Guinea (PNG) which are the 
most significant to the 
Group, and directed the 
scope of the audit of other 
subsidiaries included in the 
Group financial statements 
sufficient to express an 
opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole. 
● For the Group’s activities in 
Fiji, Solomon Islands, 
Samoa, Tonga, Cook Islands, 
and Vanuatu the audit work 
was performed by other non 
PwC network firms operating 
under our instructions.    
● Our audit focused on where 
the directors made subjective 
judgements; for example, 
significant accounting 
estimates involving 
assumptions and inherently 
uncertain future events. 
 
● Amongst other relevant 
topics, we communicated the 
following key audit matters 
to the Board Audit and 
Compliance Committee: 
● Loan loss provisioning 
● IT systems and controls   
● These matters are further 
described in the Key audit 
matters section of our report. 
 
 
Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements for the current year.  The key audit matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters.  We have determined the matters described below to be key matters to be communicated in our report.  
Further, commentary on the outcomes of the particular audit procedures is made in that context. 
 
 
 
1 31
1 3 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

To the shareholders of BSP Financial Group Limited
I N D E P E N D E N T  A U D I T O R ’ S  R E P O R T  C O N T I N U E D
 
● 
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a 
manner that achieves fair presentation.  
 
● 
Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or 
business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial statements.  We are 
responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion. 
 
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope 
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit. 
 
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that 
may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. 
 
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were 
of most significance in the audit of the financial statements for the current period and are therefore the key 
audit matters.  
 
We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulations preclude public disclosure about 
the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be 
communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to 
outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 
 
Report on other legal and regulatory requirements 
The Companies Act 1997 requires that in carrying out our audit we consider and report on the following matters.  We 
confirm in relation to our audit of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024: 
 
● 
We have obtained all the information and explanations that we have required; 
● 
In our opinion, proper accounting records have been kept by the Bank as far as appears from an examination 
of those records. 
 
Who we report to 
This report is made solely to the Bank’s shareholders, as a body, in accordance with the Companies Act 1997. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Bank’s shareholders those matters which we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. We do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Bank and the Bank’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report or for the opinions we 
have formed. 
 
 
 
 
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
 
 
 
 
Jonathan Grasso 
Partner  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Port Moresby 
Registered under the Accountants Act 1996  
 
 
 
 
 
19 February 2025 
 
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified 
above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  If, based on the work we have 
performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is 
a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this 
regard.  When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required 
to communicate the matter to those charged with governance. 
 
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements 
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Bank for the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair 
view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as issued by the IASB and other generally accepted accounting 
practice in Papua New Guinea and the Companies Act 1997 and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Bank or the Group or to cease operations or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 
 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements, as a whole, are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.  
 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the 
ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 
 
As part of an audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing, we exercise professional 
judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 
 
● 
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, 
as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control. 
 
● 
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. 
 
● 
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates 
and related disclosures made by the directors.  
 
● 
Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, 
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to 
the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 
1 3 3
1 3 2   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   F I N A N C I A L  S TAT E M E N T S

S H A R E H O L D E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
Rights Attaching to Ordinary Shares
The rights attaching to shares are set out in the BSP 
Financial Group Limited’s Constitution and in certain 
circumstances, are regulated by the Companies Act 1997, 
the PNGX Listing Rules and ASX Listing Rules (collectively 
Listing Rules), and general law. There is only one class 
of share.
All shares have equal rights.
Other rights attached to ordinary shares include:
General meeting and notices
Each member is entitled to receive notice of, and to attend 
and vote at, general meetings of BSP and to receive all 
notices, accounts and other documents required to be sent 
to members under BSP’s constitution, the Companies Act 
or the Listing Rules.
Voting Rights
At a general meeting of shareholders, every holder of fully 
paid ordinary shares present in person or by an attorney, 
representative or proxy has one vote on a show of hands 
(unless a member has appointed two proxies) and one vote 
per share on a poll.
A person who holds a share, which is not fully paid 
is entitled, on a poll, to a fraction of a vote equal to the 
proportion which the amount paid bears to the total issue 
price of the share.
Where there are two or more joint holders of a share and 
more than one of them is present at a meeting and tenders 
a vote in respect of the share, the Company will count only 
the vote cast by the member whose name appears first 
in BSP’s register of members.
Issues of further shares
The Directors may, on behalf of BSP, issue, grant options 
over, or otherwise dispose of unissued shares to any 
person on the terms, with the rights, and at the times 
that the Directors decide. However, the Directors must 
act in accordance with the restrictions imposed by BSP’s 
constitution, the Listing Rules, the Companies Act and 
any rights for the time being attached to the shares 
in any special class of those shares.
Variation of rights 
Unless otherwise provided by BSP’s constitution or by the 
terms of issue of a class of shares, the rights attached to 
the shares in any class of shares may be varied or cancelled 
only with the written consent of the holders of at least 
three‑quarters of the issued shares of that class, or by 
special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the 
holders of the issued shares of the affected class.
Transfer of shares 
Subject to BSP’s constitution, the Companies Act, and 
the Listing Rules, ordinary shares are freely transferable.
The shares may be transferred by a proper transfer 
effected in accordance with the PNGX Business Rules, 
ASX Settlement Operating Rules, or by any other method 
of transferring or dealing with shares introduced by PNGX 
and ASX, and as otherwise permitted by the Companies 
Act or by a written instrument of transfer in any usual form 
or in any other form approved by either the Directors, PNGX 
or ASX that is permitted by the Companies Act. 
The Directors may decline to register a transfer of shares 
(other than a proper transfer in accordance with the PNGX 
Business Rules, or ASX Settlement Operating Rules), where 
permitted to do so under the Listing Rules, or the transfer 
would be in contravention of the law. If the Directors decline 
to register a transfer, BSP must give notice in accordance 
with the Companies Act and the Listing Rules, give the 
party lodging the transfer written notice of the refusal 
and the reason for refusal. The Directors must decline to 
register a transfer of shares when required by law, by the 
Listing Rules, by the PNGX Business Rules, or by the ASX 
Settlement Operating Rules.
Partly paid shares
The Directors may, subject to compliance with BSP’s 
constitution, the Companies Act and the Listing Rules, 
issue partly paid shares upon which there are outstanding 
amounts payable. These shares will have limited rights 
to vote and to receive dividends.
Dividends
The Directors may from time to time determine dividends 
to be distributed to members according to their rights 
and interests. 
The Directors may fix the time for distribution and the 
methods of distribution. Subject to the terms of issue of 
shares, each share in a class of shares in respect of which 
a dividend has been declared will be equally divided. Each 
share carries the right to participate in the dividend in 
the same proportion that the amount for the time being 
paid on the share (excluding any amount paid in advance 
of calls) bears to the total issue price of the share. 
Dividend payouts over the last five years are disclosed 
in the Financial Performance section on page 11 of this 
Annual Report.
Liquidation
Subject to the terms of issue of shares, upon liquidation 
assets will be distributed such that the amount distributed 
to a shareholder in respect of each share is equal. If there 
are insufficient assets to repay the paid-up capital, 
the amount distributed is to be proportional to the 
amount paid-up.
Directors
BSP’s Constitution states that the minimum number 
of directors is three and the maximum is ten.
Appointment of Directors
Directors are elected by the shareholders in general 
meeting for a term of three years. At each general meeting, 
one third of the number of directors (or if that number 
is not a whole number, the next lowest whole number) 
retire by rotation. The Board has the power to fill casual 
vacancies on the Board, but a director so appointed must 
retire at the next annual meeting.
Powers of the Board
Except otherwise required by the Companies Act, any other 
law, the Listing Rules or BSP’s constitution, the Directors 
have the power to manage the business of BSP and may 
exercise every right, power or capacity of BSP to the 
exclusion of the members.
Share Buybacks
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the 
Listing Rules, BSP may buy back shares by itself on terms 
and at times determined by the Directors.
Officers’ Indemnities
BSP, to the extent permitted by law, indemnifies every 
officer of BSP (and may indemnify any auditor of BSP) 
against any liability incurred by the person, in the relevant 
capacity, to another person unless the liability arises out 
of conduct involving lack of good faith. BSP may also make 
a payment in relation to legal costs incurred by these 
persons in defending an action for a liability, or resisting 
or responding to actions taken by a government agency 
or a liquidator.
1 3 5
1 3 4   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   S H A R E H O L D E R  I N F O R M AT I O N

S H A R E H O L D E R  I N F O R M A T I O N  C O N T I N U E D
Unmarketable Parcels
As at 31 December 2024, the BSP Share Price was K19.90 on the PNGX and A$6.66 on the ASX. There were 208 shareholders 
(less than 0.01% of issued securities) who held less than a marketable parcel of BSP shares, being equal to K1,000, or less 
in market value.
Escrow Shares
As of 31 December 2024, there were 89,425,061 BSP shares held in escrow.
Shareholder Name
Security Type
Escrow Shares
as at 31 Dec 24
Effective
Date
Kumul Consolidated Holdings BSPESC1
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares
22,774,327
6/4/2018
Kumul Consolidated Holdings BSPESC2
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares
20,496,894
6/4/2018
Petroleum Resources Kutubu Limited BSPESC3
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares
46,153,840
18/11/2016
Total Escrow Shares
89,425,061
The partial release of shares from escrow in 2024 included: 
•	 17,766,214 shares released from BSPESC1; and
•	 23,274,162 shares released from BSPESC2.
Directors’ Interest in BSP Shares
As at 31 December 2024, the Directors who own shares in the Company are:
Director
Number of
Shares Owned
Percentage of
Issued Capital
Mark Robinson
15,925
0.00%
Faamausili Dr. Matagialofi Lua’iufi
14,117
0.00%
Robert Bradshaw
4,350
0.00%
Ian Tarutia
3,044
0.00%
Patricia Taureka-Seruvatu
1,000
0.00%
Priscilla Kevin
300
0.00%
Top 20 Shareholders
As at 31 December 2024, the twenty largest fully paid shareholders of the Company were: 
Rank
Shareholder
Total Holding
%
1
Kumul Consolidated Holdings
84,811,597
18.15%
2
The Fiji National Provident Fund
53,299,897
11.41%
3
Nambawan Super Limited
47,702,160
10.21%
4
Petroleum Resources Kutubu Limited
46,153,840
9.88%
5
National Superannuation Fund Limited
45,318,417
9.70%
6
Credit Corporation (PNG) Limited
31,294,081
6.70%
7
Motor Vehicles Insurance Limited
31,243,736
6.69%
8
The Catholic Bishops Conference Inc
12,620,000
2.70%
9
Comrade Trustee Services Limited
12,456,052
2.67%
10
Capital Nominees Limited
5,862,153
1.25%
11
Samoa National Provident Fund
4,451,940
0.95%
12
Unit Trust Of Samoa
3,969,371
0.85%
13
Lamin Trust Fund
3,653,700
0.78%
14
Mineral Resources Ok Tedi No. 2 Limited
3,496,449
0.75%
15
Picube Holdings Limited
2,987,184
0.64%
16
Sky Finance Limited
2,753,090
0.59%
17
Mineral Resources Star Mountains Ltd
2,628,373
0.56%
18
Solomon Islands National Provident Fund
2,500,001
0.54%
19
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
2,429,710
0.52%
20
Gas Resources Gigira Limited
2,392,853
0.51%
Other Shareholders
 65,195,375 
13.95%
Total
 467,219,979 
Distribution of Shareholding
As at 31 December 2024, the Company had 6,504 shareholders. The distribution of shareholding is as follows:
Range
Number
of Security
Holders
Percentage
of Security
Holders
Number of
Securities
Percentage
of Issued
Capital
1 to 1,000
5,182
79.67%
1,389,436
0.30%
1,001 to 5,000
789
12.13%
1,731,178
0.37%
5,001 to 10,000
143
2.20%
1,062,833
0.23%
10,001 to 100,000
255
3.92%
9,382,316
2.01%
100,001 and over
135
2.08%
453,654,216
97.10%
Total
6,504
467,219,979
1 3 7
1 3 6   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   S H A R E H O L D E R  I N F O R M AT I O N

S H A R E H O L D E R  I N F O R M A T I O N  C O N T I N U E D
Director
Designation
Name of Organisation
Date of Interest
Patricia 
Taureka-
Seruvatu
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
April 2022
Director/Shareholder
Naita Designs & Management Limited
February 2023
Member
PNG Law Society
PNG Women Lawyers’ Association 
Papua New Guinea Institute of Directors
Australian Institute of Company Directors (AICD)
Since 1988
November 2017
Since 2023
Since 2023
Frank 
Bouraga
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
30 December 2020
Director
BSP Capital Funds Administration Limited
PNG Cancer Foundation (Treasurer)
Tactical Solutions International Limited
SP PNG Hunters
19 May 2022
5 July 2017
1 August 2021
Since 2024
Shareholder (50%)
Inside Out Limited
Star Management Services
19 April 2010
1 September 2016
Shareholder (2%)
Mobo Group of Companies
4 November 2014
Principal
SBC Solutions – Registered Public Accountants, 
Tax Agents & Auditors
1 January 2004
Member
Accountants Registration Board
Australian Institute of Company Directors (AICD)
1 January 2004 
18 September 2019
Stephen 
Beach
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
February 2024
Alternate 
Board Member
Accountants Registration Board
Since 2019
Shareholder (49%)
BAA Consulting Ltd.
July 2023
Principal
BAA Consulting Australia Pty Ltd
November 2023
Member
Certified Practicing Accountants of PNG
Since July 1992
Priscilla 
Kevin
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
April 2020
Board Member/Vice 
President International 
& Co-Founder
PNG Digital ICT Cluster Inc.
March 2018
Director/
Majority Shareholder
IN4NET
January 2013
Board/Council Member
Institute of National Affairs
March 2018
Board Member
PNG University of Technology 
Industrial Advisory Board
June 2015
Committee Member
Centre for Excellence in Financial Inclusion (CEFI) 
Digital Financial Services Working Group
September 2018
Ian 
Tarutia
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
April 2023
Chairman
Nasfund Contributors Savings & Loans Society (NCSL)
CloudApp Laboratories Limited
National Broadcasting Corporation
October 2023
January 2016
July 2023
President
PNG Chamber of Commerce & Industry
December 2020
Director
Kumul Consolidated Holdings Limited
Immigration & Citizenship Advisory Board
Panamax Pacific (PNG) Limited
December 2020
January 2021
November 2024
Life Member
Association of Superannuation Funds of PNG
January 2019
Directors’ Interests Register
Directors’ interests as at 31 December 2024 were: 
Director
Designation
Name of Organisation
Date of Interest
Robert 
Bradshaw
Non-Executive Director/
Chairman
BSP Financial Group Limited
13 July 2016
Director/Shareholder
Koitaki CC Limited
Wahgi Arabicas Limited
Since 2014
Since 2018
Shareholder
Songkain Limited
Owner
Bradshaw Lawyers
Waghi Valley Country Club
The Kofi Club
Koitaki Country Club
Since 2005
Since 2016
Since 2020
Since 2012
Member
Papua New Guinea Law Society
Australian Institute of Company Directors
Papua New Guinea Institute of Directors
Since 1995
Since 2016
Since 2016
Mark T. 
Robinson
Managing Director/
GCEO
BSP Financial Group Limited
March 2023
Director
BSP Life Fiji Limited
BSP Finance Fiji Pte Limited 
Bank South Pacific (Samoa) Limited
Rangiora Capital Management Ltd
Invicta Capital Partners Ltd
March 2023
March 2023
March 2023
Since 2007
Since 2007
Advisory 
Board Member
Activegraf Inc. 
Since 2020
Member
Army & Navy Club
University Club
Oriental Club
Christchurch Club
Institute of Directors
Since 2021
Since 1995
Since 2014
Since 2020
Since 2021
Symon 
Brewis-Weston
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
April 2021
Non‑Executive Director/
Shareholder
Solvar Limited
November 2018
Faamausili 
Dr. Matagialofi 
Lua’iufi
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
December 2016
Principal Director
Paradise Consulting
October 2008
Director
BSP Finance Limited
Bank of South Pacific (Samoa) Limited
Export Authority of Samoa
November 2020
April 2021
April 2024
Member
Australian Institute of Company Directors (AICD)
PNG Institute of Directors
Samoa Human Resource Institute
Samoa Institute of Directors
October 2018
August 2019
December 2018
2006, 2012 to date
Stuart 
Davis
Non-Executive Director
BSP Financial Group Limited
PayPal Australia Ltd
August 2017
July 2016
Director
Appen Limited
April 2022
Member
NextDC Ltd
September 2013
1 3 9
1 3 8   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   S H A R E H O L D E R  I N F O R M AT I O N

L I S T I N G  A N D  R E G I S T R Y  I N F O R M A T I O N
Registered Office
BSP Waigani Head Office
Section 34, Allotment 6 & 7
Klinki Street, Waigani Drive
Port Moresby, NCD
Papua New Guinea
PO Box 78
Port Moresby, NCD
Papua New Guinea
Telephone
+675 320 1212
Website
www.bsp.com.pg
PNG Exchange for BSP Shares
PNGX Markets Limited
Office 2, Level 1, Monian Tower
Douglas Street
Port Moresby, NCD
Papua New Guinea
PO Box 1531
Port Moresby, NCD
Papua New Guinea
Telephone
+675 320 1980
Website
www.pngx.com.pg 
PNG Share Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
Level 4, Cuthbertson House
Cuthbertson Street
Port Moresby, NCD
Papua New Guinea
PO Box 1265
Port Moresby, NCD
Papua New Guinea
Telephone
+675 321 6377
Website
www.mpms.mufg.com 
Australian Registered Office
Ashurst
South Tower
Level 16, 80 Collins Street
Melbourne, Victoria 3000
Australia
Telephone
+61 3 9679 3000
Australian Exchange for BSP Shares
ASX Limited
Exchange Centre
20 Bridge Street
Sydney, NSW 2000
Australia
Telephone
+61 2 8298 8260 (overseas)
Australian Share Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
Level 12
680 George Street
Sydney, NSW 2000
Australia
Telephone
+61 1300 554 474
Exchange & Registry 
for BSP Convertible Notes
South Pacific Stock Exchange 
& Central Share Registry
Shop 1 & 11, Sabrina Building 
Victoria Parade, Suva
Fiji
GPO Box 11689
Suva, Fiji
Telephone
+679 330 4130
1 4 0   |   B S P  F I N A N C I A L  G R O U P  L I M I T E D
A N N U A L  R E P O R T  2 0 2 4   |   S H A R E H O L D E R  I N F O R M AT I O N

www.bsp.com.pg
The South Pacific 
is our home